WO2014190947A1 - Paging method, uplink data sending method, and access method, device and system - Google Patents

Paging method, uplink data sending method, and access method, device and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014190947A1
WO2014190947A1 PCT/CN2014/079034 CN2014079034W WO2014190947A1 WO 2014190947 A1 WO2014190947 A1 WO 2014190947A1 CN 2014079034 W CN2014079034 W CN 2014079034W WO 2014190947 A1 WO2014190947 A1 WO 2014190947A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
user equipment
paging
period
sending
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/079034
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
时洁
柴丽
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2014190947A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014190947A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • H04W68/025Indirect paging
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a paging method, an uplink data transmission method, an access method, a device, and a system. Background technique
  • 3G 3rd-generation, 3rd generation mobile communication technology
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • High-speed and large-bandwidth services bring people rich and colorful Application experience.
  • the large-scale growth of smart phones has brought more challenges to operators, and the continuous growth of application services has led to an increasing demand for network capacity.
  • the network architecture evolves from a homogeneous network to a heterogeneous network. For example, as shown in Figure 1, a macro base station 1 is often covered with multiple access nodes 2.
  • the access nodes 2 may be a small base station Pico, an indoor base station Femto, a low mobility base station LoMo, a local wireless access point AP, a low power transmitting node (LPN), etc., which do not have a paging message.
  • the macro base station sends a paging message to the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) to notify the UE that the service arrives.
  • User Equipment User Equipment
  • the macro base station sends the paging message according to a certain rule, and the UE also listens to the paging message belonging to itself according to the rule.
  • the macro base station transmits the paging information
  • the definition of the frame format from the perspective of the radio frame is composed of, as shown, each radio frame contains 10 subframes 2, each comprising a plurality of sub-Zhen 1 OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) symbols.
  • Subframe number 0 ⁇ 9 wireless frame number 0 ⁇ 665365.
  • the macro base station sends a paging message only to the UE in one paging cycle.
  • Macro base station according to the rules
  • a paging message is sent to the UE at a Paging Occasion (PO) of the specified Paging Frame (PF).
  • PO is the subframe number of the subframe in the radio frame.
  • the rule specifies that the PF frame number and the PO subframe number are calculated as follows:
  • I_s floor ( UEJD/N ) mod Ns
  • SFN is the PF frame number
  • T is the paging period of the UE
  • N is equal to min (T, nB), and the minimum value in T and nB is taken
  • the unit is a radio frame.
  • nB is broadcasted by the network in System Information Blocks 2 (SIB2), and its value ranges from 4T, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ /2, ⁇ /4, ⁇ /8, ⁇ /16, ⁇ /32.
  • SIB2 System Information Blocks 2
  • the unit is a wireless frame.
  • the UE_ID is equal to the International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number (IMSI) mode 1024.
  • Ns is equal to max(l, nB/T), taking the maximum value of 1 and nB/T.
  • the value range of Ns is 1, 2, 4.
  • I—s is the PO index value.
  • the paging subframe in LTE is at least one of the following: a first subframe (subframe #0), a fifth subframe (subframe #4), a sixth subframe (subframe #5), and a tenth of the radio frame. Subframes (subframe #9).
  • the paging subframe in LTE is at least one of the following: the first subframe (subframe #0) and the second subframe of the radio frame. (Subframe #1), the sixth subframe (Subframe #5), and the seventh subframe (Subframe #6).
  • the PO can be understood as a paging subframe, that is, the listening position of the UE is on the subframe.
  • paging information is transmitted on one or more of subframes 0, 1, 5, 6 of each radio frame.
  • paging information is in each radio frame.
  • the subframes are transmitted on one or more of the subframes 0, 4, 5, and 9, and no information is transmitted on the other subframes.
  • the base station In the prior art, the base station is in the working state in the whole period of the paging cycle. Therefore, the base station needs to transmit the paging message in the foregoing several subframes according to the foregoing rule, and the other subframes are in an idle state, and the resource is wasted. , high energy consumption.
  • aspects of the present invention provide a paging method, an uplink data transmission method, an access method, a device, and a system.
  • a paging method including:
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period.
  • the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, or the activation period includes: fixing the discontinuous transmission period a forced activation period set in a fixed sleep period of the activation period and the discontinuous transmission period; wherein the forced activation period is less than or equal to the fixed sleep period.
  • the sending, by the user equipment, the monitoring indication information includes:
  • the interception indication information carrying the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, if the paging message is sent to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period; or sending the paging indication information to the user equipment And carrying the monitoring indication information of the sending location of the paging message; or sending, to the user equipment, the activation period information carrying the discontinuous transmission period and used to indicate that the user equipment uses the designated subframe as the monitoring location Instructing information, where the designated subframe is a subframe of an activation period of a previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself;
  • the monitoring indication information carrying the transmission location of the paging message is sent to the user equipment.
  • the sending location of the paging message includes: a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs, and/or Or the subframe number of the subframe.
  • the sending, by the user equipment, a paging message during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period includes:
  • the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, obtaining a discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual paging period of the user equipment And pre-configured paging parameters;
  • the fixed activation period according to the discontinuous transmission period, the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment and an actual paging period of the user equipment determining a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs during a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, including :
  • the initial value of the frame number is calculated by using the following first formula:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • SFN is the initial value of the frame number
  • is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment
  • UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment
  • nB is the pre-configuration Paging parameters
  • the nB ranges from ⁇ 4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32 ⁇
  • div represents the integer operation of the quotient
  • mod represents The modulo operation
  • min(*, *) means taking the minimum of the two numbers
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically as follows:
  • the SFN′ is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send a paging message belongs.
  • SFN is the initial value of the frame number
  • is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • T 2 is the discontinuous transmission period
  • is the actual paging period of the user equipment
  • floor (*) indicates Take the largest integer less than or equal to the specified expression *;
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically the following third formula:
  • SFN' floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T 2 ) ) ) ;
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fifth formula:
  • N T or ⁇ 2 .
  • the non-continuous transmission period, the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter Determining, by the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, the subframe number of the subframe used to send the paging message in the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, including:
  • the actual paging period of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period are calculated by using a sixth formula as follows:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 ⁇ ⁇ ) )
  • the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)x ( ⁇ 2 / T ⁇ ( ⁇ / ⁇ 2 ))
  • Ns is the first index value
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of the nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , ⁇ /2, ⁇ /4, ⁇ /8, ⁇ / 16 , ⁇ / 32 ⁇
  • ⁇ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • is an actual paging period of the user equipment
  • F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than or less than Or the integer closest to the specified expression *, max (*, *) means taking the larger of the two numbers
  • N min ( T, nB ), is the second index value, and the UE ID is the user equipment Device identification, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) means taking the largest integer less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod means modulo operation, min(*, *) means taking two small and medium Value
  • the subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value is obtained according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number.
  • the method further includes:
  • the frame of the radio frame to which the subframe for sending the paging message belongs is modified according to the starting time offset value No., specifically:
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs
  • P0 is used for the foregoing.
  • the subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is sent, dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value.
  • the sending indication information is radio frame level indication information or subframe level indication information
  • sending a paging message to the user equipment during the sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern includes:
  • the sending indication information is a radio frame level indication information
  • transmitting to the user equipment, the subframe Paging message
  • the sending indication information is the subframe level indication information, sending the paging message to the user equipment on the subframe indicated by the subframe level indication information.
  • the method further includes: enabling the uplink timer to receive the user in the set time of the uplink timer to the set time of the uplink timer The uplink data sent by the device.
  • the uplink timer is started, to receive the uplink timer, when the uplink timer is turned on, and the uplink timer is set. After the uplink data sent by the user equipment, the method further includes:
  • the downlink timer is started, and the response information corresponding to the uplink data is returned to the user equipment in the set time of the downlink timer to the downlink timer.
  • the method further includes: sending, to the user equipment, a message carrying at least one base station identifier of the base station operating in the discontinuous transmission working mode, The user equipment is prevented from listening to the paging message under the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message.
  • a paging method including:
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to A preset transmission period within a preset period.
  • the determining the listening position according to the monitoring indication information includes:
  • the monitoring indication information is the monitoring indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, determining the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter;
  • the interception indication information is the interception indication information carrying the transmission location of the paging message, determining that the sending location is a listening location;
  • the interception indication information is the activation period information carrying the non-continuous transmission period, and indicating the user equipment to use the designated subframe as the listening position, determining the designated subframe as the listening position;
  • the designated subframe is a subframe of an activation period of a previous or a subsequent discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • the determining the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter includes:
  • the discontinuous transmission period parameter includes: a non-continuous transmission period and a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period;
  • determining, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, a frame number of a radio frame to which a subframe for monitoring a paging message belongs including : And calculating, according to the device identifier, the actual paging cycle, and the pre-configured paging parameter, an initial value of the frame number by using the following first formula:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • SFN is the initial value of the frame number
  • T is the actual paging cycle
  • UE_ID is the device identifier
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32 ⁇
  • div represents the integer operation of the quotient
  • mod represents the modulo operation
  • min( *, *) means taking the minimum of the two numbers
  • mapping according to the frame number initial value, the actual paging cycle, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the frame number initial value to the The frame number corresponding to the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the frame number is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe in which the paging message is monitored belongs.
  • a third possible implementation manner of the paging method is as follows:
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically as follows:
  • the SFN′ is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs, SFN is an initial value of the frame number, ⁇ is the discontinuous transmission period, and ⁇ 2 is the discontinuous transmission.
  • the fixed activation period of the period, ⁇ is the actual paging cycle, and floor (*) indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *;
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically the following third formula:
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fourth formula:
  • SFN' floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T 2 ) ) ) ;
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fifth formula:
  • the non-continuous transmission period parameter includes: a non-continuous transmission period and a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period;
  • determining, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, the subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is monitored including:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 ⁇ ⁇ ) )
  • the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)x ( ⁇ 2 / T ⁇ ( ⁇ 2 / ⁇ ))
  • the Ns is a first index value
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of the nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , ⁇ /2, ⁇ /4, ⁇ /8, ⁇ / 16 , ⁇ / 32 ⁇
  • ⁇ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • is the actual paging period
  • F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than, less than, or closest to An integer specifying the expression *, max (* , *) means taking the larger of the two numbers
  • the second index value is calculated by using an eighth formula:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • i_s is the second index value
  • UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment
  • T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment
  • floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers;
  • the discontinuous transmission period parameter further includes: a start of a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period Time offset value;
  • the paging method further includes:
  • the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the snoop paging message belongs is modified according to the start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the subframe that corrects the paging message according to the starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period is specifically:
  • the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs is modified by using the following ninth formula:
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the corrected paging message belongs
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs
  • P0 is the interception paging message.
  • the subframe number of the subframe, dtxStartOffset is the start time offset value of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the listening to the base station is at the listening position Before the paging message sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the method further includes:
  • a third aspect of the present invention provides an uplink data sending method, including:
  • the second base station After the paging message sent by the first base station is monitored, the second base station is selected, or the paging message sent by the first base station is received, and the trigger information is obtained. If the trigger information is the indication information carrying the identifier of the second base station, Determining, by the second base station, the second base station, if the trigger information is trigger information carrying condition information, determining whether the condition information meets a preset condition, if the condition information is full Selecting a second base station;
  • determining whether the condition information meets the preset condition includes:
  • condition information is the load of the first base station, determining whether the load of the first base station is greater than a preset load threshold, and if the load of the first base station is greater than a preset load threshold, determining the Condition information meets preset conditions;
  • condition information is a service type carried in the paging message, determining whether the service type is a burst service type, and if the service type is a burst service type, determining that the condition information meets a preset condition.
  • the selecting the second base station, and sending the uplink data to the second base station includes: measuring all base stations in the vicinity Signal quality;
  • the base station that selects the signal quality greater than the preset quality threshold is the second base station, and sends uplink data to the second base station.
  • the method further includes:
  • the sending the uplink data to the second base station comprises: sending uplink data to the second base station by using the uplink resource.
  • the uplink data is a scheduling request
  • the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a scheduling request
  • the uplink data is a random connection.
  • the uplink resource is a random access scrambling code Uplink resources;
  • the uplink data is a message for sending an underlying connection
  • the uplink resource is a resource for sending a UL-grant
  • the uplink data is a semi-persistent scheduling request
  • the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a semi-persistent scheduling request.
  • an access method including:
  • the first base station sends an acquisition request carrying the user equipment identifier to the second base station, so that the second base station configures the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource for the user equipment according to the obtaining request.
  • the user equipment is configured to enable the user equipment to send an access request to the second base station by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first base station receives the access request information sent by the user equipment and the report information of the second base station identifier, where the second base station identifier is that the user equipment listens to the paging message sent by the first base station. And determining, by the second base station, an identifier of the user equipment to access the base station after the first base station receives the access request information sent by the user equipment.
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides an access method, including:
  • the second base station receives the acquisition request that is sent by the first base station and carries the user equipment identifier; the second base station configures the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource for the user equipment;
  • the second base station identifier, the cell wireless network, to the first base station Obtaining a response of the temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource, so that the first base station forwards the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that after the user listens to the paging message sent by the first base station, And transmitting, by the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource, an access request to the second base station.
  • a base station including:
  • a first sending module configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during a transmission period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern
  • a second sending module configured to send the indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines the listening position according to the monitoring indication information, and monitors the paging message at the listening position;
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period.
  • the second sending module is specifically configured to: when the first sending module sends a paging message to the user equipment during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period And transmitting, to the user equipment, the interception indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter; or, sending, to the user equipment, the interception indication information that carries the sending location of the paging message; or And sending, to the user equipment, the activation period information that carries the non-continuous transmission period, and is used to indicate that the user equipment uses the specified subframe as the listening position, where the designated subframe is from the user equipment itself.
  • the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, or the activation period includes: a fixed activation period of a continuous transmission period and a mandatory activation period set in a fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period; wherein the forced activation period is less than or equal to the fixed sleep period;
  • the first sending module includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to: when a paging message is sent to the user equipment during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, acquiring a discontinuous transmission period, discontinuous a fixed activation period of the transmission period, a device identifier of the user equipment, an actual paging period of the user equipment, and pre-configured paging parameters;
  • a determining unit configured to use, according to the discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual paging period of the user equipment, Determining, in a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a subframe number of a subframe for transmitting the paging message and a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe belongs; sending a page to the user equipment Message
  • the first sending module includes:
  • the first sending module includes:
  • a third sending unit configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during a sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, and the pre-configuration For the call parameter, the initial value of the frame number is calculated by the following first formula:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • SFN is the initial value of the frame number
  • is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment
  • UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment
  • nB is the pre-configuration Paging parameters
  • the value range of the nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32 ⁇
  • div represents the integer operation of the quotient
  • mod represents The modulo operation
  • min(*, *) represents taking the minimum of the two numbers; according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, the discontinuous transmission period, and the discontinuous transmission period a fixed activation period, the initial value of the frame number is mapped to the non-prefix using a preset mapping rule A frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the continuous transmission period, where the frame number is a frame number of a radio frame to which the base station of the base station transmits the paging message belongs.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: according to an actual paging period of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, and the discontinuous transmission The period and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the first index value is calculated by using the following sixth formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 ⁇ ⁇ ) )
  • the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)x ( ⁇ 2 / T ⁇ ( ⁇ / ⁇ 2 ))
  • Ns is the first index value
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of the nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , ⁇ /2, ⁇ /4, ⁇ /8, ⁇ / 16, ⁇ / 32 ⁇ , for the discontinuous transmission period
  • ⁇ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • is the actual paging period of the user equipment
  • F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than or less than Or an integer that is closest to the specified expression *
  • max (*, *) represents a value that is the largest of the two numbers
  • N min (T, nB), i_s is the second index value, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers; according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number And acquiring, by the first index value, a subframe number corresponding to the second index value.
  • the sending module further includes:
  • a second acquiring unit configured to acquire a starting time offset value of a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period;
  • a correction unit configured to modify, according to the start time offset value, a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used to send the paging message belongs
  • the modifying unit is specifically configured to: modify, according to the starting time offset value, the method for sending a paging by using a ninth formula
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs
  • P0 is used for the foregoing.
  • the subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is sent, dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value.
  • the third sending unit is specifically configured to: when the sending indication information is radio frame level indication information, determine the radio frame level indication information indication a subframe for transmitting the paging message in the radio frame, sending the paging message to the user equipment on the subframe, and when the sending indication information is subframe level indication information, in the sub-frame The paging message is sent to the user equipment on the subframe indicated by the frame level indication information.
  • the method further includes:
  • a receiving module configured to: after the first sending module sends a paging message to the user equipment, enable an uplink timer, to send the user equipment to send the uplink timer to the uplink timer Upstream data.
  • the second sending module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the uplink data sent by the user equipment, enable the downlink timer And returning response information corresponding to the uplink data to the user equipment in a time set from a downlink timer to a downlink timer.
  • the second sending module is further configured to send the carrying to the user equipment Having at least one message for the base station identity of the base station operating in the discontinuous transmission mode of operation for use The user equipment avoids listening to the paging message under the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message.
  • a seventh aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive monitoring indication information sent by the base station
  • a determining module configured to determine a listening position according to the monitoring indication information
  • a monitoring module configured to: at the listening position, listen to a paging message sent by the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or a transmission period indicated by a sending indication information of the preset pattern;
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period.
  • the determining module includes:
  • a first determining unit configured to determine, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, when the monitoring indication information is the monitoring indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, Location
  • a second determining unit configured to determine, when the interception indication information is the interception indication information that carries the sending location of the paging message, that the sending location is a listening location;
  • a third determining unit configured to determine the specified subframe when the interception indication information is the activation period information carrying the discontinuous transmission period and is used to indicate that the user equipment uses the designated subframe as the monitoring position
  • the monitoring position is where the designated subframe is a subframe of an activation period of a previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • the first determining unit includes:
  • Obtaining a subunit configured to acquire a device identifier of the user equipment and an actual paging cycle
  • a determining subunit configured to determine, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, a subframe number of a subframe that listens for a paging message, and The frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe belongs.
  • the activation period of the transmission period is determined, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, according to the The device identifier, the actual paging cycle, and the pre-configured paging parameter are calculated by using the following first formula to calculate the initial value of the frame number:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • SFN is the initial value of the frame number
  • T is the actual paging cycle
  • UE_ID is the device identifier
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32 ⁇
  • div represents the integer operation of the quotient
  • mod represents the modulo operation
  • min( *, *) indicates taking the minimum value of the two numbers; using a preset mapping according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • the rule maps the initial value of the frame number to a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the frame number is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe in which the paging message is monitored belongs.
  • the activation period of the transmission period is determined, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, according to the The actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period are calculated by using the following sixth formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 ⁇ ⁇ ) )
  • the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)x ( ⁇ 2 / T ⁇ ( ⁇ 2 / ⁇ ))
  • the Ns is a first index value
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of the nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , ⁇ /2, ⁇ /4, ⁇ /8, ⁇ / 16, ⁇ /32 ⁇ , for the discontinuous transmission period
  • ⁇ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • is the actual paging period
  • F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than, less than, or closest to An integer specifying the expression *, max (*, *) indicates that the two are large
  • N min (T, nB), i_s is the second index value, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers; according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number And acquiring, by the first index value, a subframe number corresponding to the second index value.
  • the first determining unit further includes: when the starting time offset value of the activation period is determined, according to And a start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and modifying a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the monitoring paging message belongs.
  • the modifying subunit is specifically configured to use, according to the start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period,
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the corrected paging message belongs
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs
  • P0 is the interception paging message.
  • the subframe number of the subframe, dtxStartOffset is the start time offset value of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the base station, At least one message of the base station identifier of the other base station operating in the non-continuous transmission mode of operation, in order to avoid listening to the paging message under the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message according to the message selection.
  • An eighth aspect of the present invention provides a communication system, including a base station and a user equipment, where the base station is configured to be in an activation period of a discontinuous transmission period or in a transmission period indicated by a transmission indication information of a preset pattern.
  • the sending indication information of the pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period.
  • the user equipment is configured to receive the interception indication information sent by the base station; determine, according to the interception indication information, a listening position; and, at the listening position, monitor the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or The paging message sent in the sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern; wherein, the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period .
  • a user equipment including:
  • the selecting or determining module is configured to: after receiving the paging message sent by the first base station, select the second base station; or after receiving the paging message sent by the first base station, acquiring the triggering information, if the triggering information is carrying the second base station And determining, by the second base station identifier, the second base station, if the trigger information is trigger information carrying the condition information, determining whether the condition information meets a preset condition, if the condition information is met. Presetting conditions, then selecting the second base station;
  • a sending module configured to send uplink data to the second base station.
  • the selecting or determining module is specifically configured to determine, when the condition information is a load of the first base station, whether the load of the first base station is When the load of the first base station is greater than the preset load threshold, the condition information is determined to meet the preset condition; when the condition information is the service type carried in the paging message, Determining whether the service type is a burst service type, and determining that the condition information meets a preset condition when the service type is a burst service type.
  • the selecting or determining module is specifically configured to measure signal quality of all base stations in the vicinity;
  • the base station whose amount is greater than the preset mass threshold is the second base station.
  • the method further includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive, by the first base station, information that carries an uplink resource for sending the uplink data
  • the sending module is specifically configured to send uplink data to the second base station by using the uplink resource.
  • a tenth aspect of the present invention provides a communication system, including: a first base station, a second base station, and a user equipment, where the user equipment is configured to acquire a trigger message after receiving a paging message sent by the first base station, when When the trigger information is the indication information carrying the identifier of the second base station, the second base station is determined according to the identifier of the second base station, and when the trigger information is the trigger information carrying the condition information, it is determined whether the condition information is satisfied.
  • a preset condition if the condition information meets a preset condition, selecting a second base station; and sending, by the sending module, the uplink data to the second base station.
  • a base station including:
  • a sending module configured to send, to the second base station, an acquisition request that carries the user equipment identifier, so that the second base station configures a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource for the user equipment according to the acquiring request;
  • a receiving module configured to receive, by the second base station, a base station identifier that carries the second base station, and a temporary response of the cell wireless network and/or an acquisition response of the uplink resource;
  • a forwarding module configured to send the obtaining response to the user equipment, to enable the user equipment to use the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or uplink after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station
  • the resource sends an access request to the second base station.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the access request information sent by the user equipment and the report information of the second base station identifier, where The second base station identifier is selected after the user equipment listens to the paging message sent by the first base station The identifier of the selected base station; or the second base station identifier is an identifier of the user equipment to access the base station after the first base station receives the access request information sent by the user equipment.
  • a base station including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive an acquisition request that is sent by the first base station and that carries the user equipment identifier, and a configuration module, configured to configure a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource for the user equipment;
  • a feedback module configured to return, to the first base station, an acquisition response that carries the second base station identifier, and a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource, so that the first base station forwards the acquisition response to
  • the user equipment after the user listens to the paging message sent by the first base station, sends an access request to the second base station by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the present invention provides a communication system, including: a first base station, a second base station, and a user equipment, where the first base station is configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier that carries a user equipment identifier.
  • the second base station configures a cell radio network temporary identifier and an uplink resource for the user equipment according to the acquiring request, and receives a base station identifier that is returned by the second base station and carries the second base station, and Sending the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource acquisition response, and sending the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that the user equipment is listening to the paging message sent by the first base station Then, the access request is sent to the second base station by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource.
  • the second base station is configured to receive an acquisition request that is sent by the first base station and that carries the user equipment identifier, configure a cell radio network temporary identifier and an uplink resource for the user equipment, and return to the first base station to carry the second a base station identifier, and a cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource acquisition response, so that the first base station forwards the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that the user listens to the first base station to send After the paging message, the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or uplink resource is used to send an access request to the second base station.
  • the station sends the paging message only during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, during the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset period of the preset pattern.
  • the base station is in a sleep state except for the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information.
  • the paging message to be sent by the base station is controlled during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, so that the paging message can be sufficiently Using the time resource in the transmission period, the time resource waste caused by the limited specific subframes in the radio frame using only the paging cycle in the prior art is avoided; on the other hand, the base station is in the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the sleep period is reduced within a time period other than the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information within the preset period of the preset pattern, thereby reducing the power consumption of the base station.
  • the user equipment directly selects to send uplink data to the second base station after receiving the paging message sent by the first base station, or to the second in the case of the trigger information indication.
  • the base station sends the uplink data, or selects to send the uplink data to the second base station when the condition information carried by the trigger information meets the preset condition, and the second base station provides the corresponding service for the user equipment, which can effectively balance the load between the base stations, and avoid Excessive load on the base station affects communication.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is that the first base station in the embodiment of the present invention obtains a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment by using communication interaction with the second base station, and The cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource are forwarded to the user equipment, so that the user equipment sends an access request to the second base station according to the uplink resource, so as to establish a connection with the second base station.
  • the speed at which the user equipment accesses the second base station can be effectively accelerated.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a simple structure of an existing heterogeneous network
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the principle of a conventional radio frame and a subframe
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
  • 4a is a schematic diagram of a principle of a discontinuous transmission period according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 4b is a schematic diagram showing the principle of setting a forced activation period during a fixed activation period of a discontinuous transmission period according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of an uplink data sending method according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of an access method according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart diagram of an access method according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 12 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a principle of a communication system according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention.
  • Embodiment 16 of the present invention is a schematic diagram of a principle of a communication system according to Embodiment 16 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 17 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 18 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to Embodiment 19 of the present invention. detailed description
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a paging method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the paging method according to the first embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • Step 101 Send a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern.
  • the base station works in the discontinuous transmission mode, that is, according to the discontinuous transmission period, the paging message is sent to the user equipment in a part of the period, and is in a dormant state in the remaining part of the period, that is, the paging is not sent to the user equipment.
  • the part of the time period in which the base station sends the paging message may be referred to as an activation period, and the period in which the base station is in the dormant state may be referred to as a sleep period.
  • the base station turns on a downlink transceiver for sending a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period according to the discontinuous transmission period, to send a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period.
  • the downlink transceiver for transmitting the paging message to the user equipment is turned off during the period, so that the base station stops sending the paging message to the user equipment during the sleep period.
  • the discontinuous transmission (DXT) period is generally defined in the prior art to include a two-part time period, and the previous continuous time period constitutes a fixed activation period 4 (also referred to as Active Mode), and the continuous continuous period Form a fixed dormancy period 5 (also known as Opportunity DXT), as shown in Figure 4a.
  • the forced continuous activation period 6 may be forcibly set for a period of time after the continuous continuous period defined in the prior art, as shown in FIG.
  • the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period may be a fixed activation period 4 of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period includes: a fixed activation period 4 of the discontinuous transmission period and the discontinuity
  • the forced activation period of 6 is set within the fixed sleep period of the transmission cycle.
  • the forced activation period 6 is less than or equal to the fixed sleep period 5. It should be noted that the setting of the forced activation period is not fixed.
  • the forced activation period is equal to the fixed sleep period, but in the next period, the forced activation period may be Less than the fixed sleep period.
  • the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period may be smaller than the paging period described in the prior art, that is, the time when the base station sends a paging message to all user equipments in its tracking area.
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period of a preset period.
  • the preset pattern may be characterized as a string of strings or other symbol strings.
  • character 1 is used to characterize the transmission indication information
  • character 0 is the sleep indication information.
  • the preset pattern can be characterized as: 0100001000 string. Assuming that the preset period is 10 ms, the period indicated by each character in the preset pattern is lms.
  • the location marked with 1 is the transmission indication information, indicating that the base station can send a paging message within the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information, that is, within 1 ms.
  • the location marked as 0, that is, the sleep indication information indicates that the base station is in a sleep state during the sleep period indicated by the sleep indication information.
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern may be the radio frame level indication information.
  • the character 1 in the character string represented by the preset pattern as described above corresponds to the radio frame level indication information
  • the radio frame level indication The information corresponds to a radio frame in a preset period, and the base station can send a paging message to the user equipment in the radio frame.
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern may be the subframe level indication information, for example, the character 1 in the character string represented by the preset pattern, which is exemplified in the foregoing, is the subframe level indication information, and the subframe level indication information is Corresponding to one subframe in the preset period, the base station may send a paging message to the user equipment on the subframe.
  • Step 102 Send monitoring indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines the listening position according to the monitoring indication information, and monitors the paging message at the listening position.
  • the monitoring indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter is sent to the user equipment; or, The user equipment sends a interception carrying a sending location that sends the paging message And indicating, to the user equipment, the activation period information that carries the non-continuous transmission period, and is used to instruct the user equipment to use the specified subframe as the listening position, where the designated subframe is a distance The subframe in the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period of the latest listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • the designated subframe may also be the same subframe as the listening position determined by the user equipment itself during the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • the specified subframe may further be separated from the monitoring location subframe number determined by the user equipment itself during an activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself. The subframe of the number of subframes.
  • the listening position determined by the user equipment itself may be a listening position obtained by the base station that is used by the base station according to system message broadcast or dedicated signaling, and is in a paging position configuration information that is not a discontinuous transmission period state, or
  • the user equipment is determined by using the PF and PO location determination rules in the prior art. For details, refer to the background art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the monitoring indication information carrying the transmission location of the paging message is sent to the user equipment.
  • the sending location of the paging message in the foregoing content includes: a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs and/or a subframe number of the subframe.
  • the base station sends a paging message only during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, during the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset pattern.
  • the base station is in a sleep state for a period of time other than the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information in the preset period.
  • the paging message to be sent by the base station is controlled to be sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, and thus may be sufficiently Using the time resource in the transmission period, the prior art only avoids the sending finger in the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset period of the preset pattern.
  • the sleep period is exceeded in the time other than the transmission period indicated by the indication information, which reduces the energy consumption of the base station.
  • FIG. 5 a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention is shown.
  • the second embodiment is a paging method for a base station to send a paging message to a user equipment during a fixed activation period of a discontinuous transmission period, including:
  • Step 201 The base station acquires a discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a device identifier of the user equipment, an actual paging period of the user equipment, and a pre-configured paging parameter.
  • Step 202 The base station according to the discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual paging period of the user equipment. And determining, in a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a subframe number of a subframe used to send the paging message, and a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe belongs.
  • the base station is configured according to the discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual homing of the user equipment.
  • a call period determining a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs within a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • Step S1 Calculate an initial value of the frame number by using the following first formula according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, and the pre-configured paging parameter:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • SFN is the initial value of the frame number
  • is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment
  • UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment
  • is the pre-configuration Paging parameters
  • div represents the integer operation of the quotient
  • mod represents the modulo operation
  • min(*, *) represents the minimum of the two numbers.
  • the value range of the nB is usually ⁇ 4T, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ /2, ⁇ /4, ⁇ /8, ⁇ /16, ⁇ /32 ⁇ , and the value range is only an example, and the embodiment of the present invention is not only Limited to this, the nB may take other values.
  • the actual paging cycle of the user equipment may be a non-contiguous transmission period in which the user equipment operates in a discontinuous transmission mode.
  • Step S2 the base station according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, And the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period and the discontinuous transmission period, where the initial value of the frame number is mapped to a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period by using a preset mapping rule, where The frame number is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send the paging message belongs.
  • the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following second formula:
  • the SFN′ is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send a paging message belongs, SFN is an initial value of the frame number, and ⁇ is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, T 2 is the discontinuous transmission period, where ⁇ is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, and floor (*) indicates that the maximum integer is less than or equal to the specified expression*; the actual paging cycle of the user equipment may be The discontinuous transmission period in which the user equipment operates in the discontinuous transmission mode.
  • the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following third formula:
  • F(*) represents an integer greater than, less than, or closest to the specified expression *
  • the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following fourth formula:
  • the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following fifth formula:
  • N T or ⁇ 2 .
  • Step S3 The base station acquires a start time offset value of an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • Step S4 The base station corrects a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the start time offset value.
  • the base station corrects a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the following ninth formula:
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs
  • P0 is used for the foregoing.
  • the subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is sent, dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value.
  • the base station is configured according to the discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual paging period of the user equipment, Determining a subframe number of a subframe for transmitting the paging message during a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • Step S5 Calculate the first index value according to the sixth formula according to the actual paging period of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 ⁇ ⁇ ) )
  • the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)x ( ⁇ 2 / T ⁇ ( ⁇ / ⁇ 2 ))
  • Ns is the first index value
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • 1 ⁇ is the discontinuous transmission period
  • T 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • is the user.
  • the actual paging cycle of the device, F(*) means taking an integer greater than, less than or closest to the specified expression *
  • max (*, *) means taking the larger of the two numbers.
  • the value range of the nB is usually ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32 ⁇ , and the value range is only an example, and the embodiment of the present invention is not only Limited to this, the nB may take other values.
  • the actual paging cycle of the user equipment may be a discontinuous transmission period in which the user equipment operates in a discontinuous transmission mode.
  • Step S6 The base station performs a fixed activation period according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the discontinuous transmission period. , using the following eighth formula to calculate the second index value:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • i_s is the second index value
  • UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment
  • T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment
  • floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers;
  • Step S7 The base station acquires the subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number.
  • the base station pre-stores a correspondence between the first index value, the second index value, and the subframe number.
  • all paging messages sent by the base station in one paging cycle are controlled to be sent within a fixed activation period of a discontinuous transmission period that is less than the paging cycle, so that the The base station needs to send a paging message on more subframes in a radio frame. Therefore, the correspondence between the first index value, the second index value, and the subframe number in the embodiment is different from that in the prior art.
  • more sub-frame numbers can be established in the corresponding relationship list according to actual needs. For example: The subframe number in the prior art subframe configuration table can be extended from the original 0, 4, 5, and 9 to 0, 4, 5, 9, 6, 7, 8, and 2.
  • Step 203 The base station sends a paging message in a subframe corresponding to the subframe number in a radio frame corresponding to the frame number.
  • the base station broadcasts or transmits the non-continuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configuration to all user equipments in the tracking area of the base station before or at the same time of transmitting the paging message. And indicating information of the paging parameter, so that each user equipment determines a respective listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, and listens to the respective paging message at the determined listening position.
  • the base station sends the paging message to the user equipment to the user equipment after or simultaneously Sending indication information carrying a subframe number and a frame number for sending the paging message, so that the user equipment or the base station tracks all users in the area to the base station before or at the same time of sending the paging message
  • the device broadcasts or transmits the fixed activation period information carrying the discontinuous transmission period by dedicated signaling and is used to indicate that the user equipment is within a fixed activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • the subframe is used as the indication information of the listening position, so that the user equipment monitors the paging message on the subframe in the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is the closest to the listening position determined by the user according to the monitoring indication information. .
  • the user equipment determines the listening position of the user equipment, and the user equipment is determined by using the PF and PO location determination rules in the prior art. For details, refer to the background art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the paging message on the subframe during the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by itself may also be used as a protocol agreement of the user equipment.
  • the base station may not send the indication information to the user equipment, and the user equipment directly listens to the homing in the subframe of the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user according to the protocol. Call the message.
  • the base station sends a paging message only during a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and the base station is in a dormant state during a fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the base station needs to control the sent paging messages to be transmitted during the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, thereby fully utilizing the time resource waste caused by the transmission of the stator frame; in addition, the base station has a fixed sleep in the discontinuous transmission period. During the period, there is a dormant period, which also reduces the energy consumption of the base station.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a paging method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the method in the third embodiment includes:
  • Step 301 The base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during a fixed activation period and a mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. Specifically, the base station controls to send the paging message to be sent in a fixed activation period and a mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the base station may determine a sending location of the sent paging message according to a rule.
  • the rule may map the sending location determined by the base station using the prior art to the corresponding location in the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period according to the actual fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period setting. The mapping rule is artificially set.
  • the forced activation period may also be self-controlled by the base station as needed, i.e., the downlink transceiver is forced to be turned on when needed to transmit a paging message to the user equipment during a fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the base station may determine a sending location by using a determining rule of a subframe number of the prior art and a frame number of the radio frame, and if the sending location is within a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, sending at the sending location a paging message, if the transmitting location is within a fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period, the base station forcibly turns on the downlink transceiver to send a paging message at the transmitting location.
  • Step 302 The base station sends interception indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines a listening position according to the interception indication information, and listens to the paging message at the listening position.
  • the interception indication information is the interception indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, so that the user equipment determines the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter. And listening to the paging message at the listening position.
  • the discontinuous transmission period parameter includes: a discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and a forced activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the user equipment may determine a listening position of the listening paging message according to a rule.
  • the rule is the same as the rule that the base station determines the sending location of the paging message, that is, according to the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the base station, the mapping rule is used to map the user equipment to the sending location determined by the prior art.
  • the mapping rules are artificially set.
  • the interception indication information is the interception indication information carrying the sending location of the paging message, so that the user equipment directly determines the sending location as the listening location, and in the monitoring The paging message is listened to at the listening position.
  • the sending location is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send the paging message belongs and/or a subframe number of the subframe.
  • the intercepting indication information is the monitoring period information that carries the non-continuous transmission period and is used to indicate that the user equipment uses the designated subframe as the listening position, to indicate that the user equipment is listening on the specified subframe.
  • Page message The activation period information of the discontinuous transmission period includes: a fixed activation period and a mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the designated subframe is a subframe of an activation period of a previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself; or the designated subframe may also be from the user equipment itself.
  • a subframe of the same subframe number as the listening position determined by the user equipment itself during the activation period of the previous or next non-continuous transmission period of the latest listening position; or the designated subframe may also be the distance from the The subframe of the agreed subframe number of the listening position subframe number determined by the user equipment itself in the activation period of the previous or next non-continuous transmission period of the latest listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • the user device's own listening position is determined by the user equipment using the PF and PO location determination rules in the prior art. For details, refer to the background art, and details are not described herein. Of course, in a practical application, the paging message on the subframe in the activation period of the previous or next non-continuous transmission period closest to the listening position determined by itself is monitored, or the listening position determined by the user equipment itself is monitored.
  • a paging message on a subframe of the same subframe number as the listening position determined by the user equipment itself during the activation period of the previous one or the last discontinuous transmission period; or listening for the monitoring determined by the user equipment itself The paging message on the subframe in which the subframe number of the listening position subframe number determined by the user equipment itself is within the activation period of the previous or the last non-continuous transmission period is also used as the user equipment. Agreement agreement. In this way, the base station may not send the indication information to the user equipment, and the user equipment directly listens to the homing in the subframe of the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user according to the protocol. Call the message.
  • the base station sends a paging message only during the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and the base station in the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period except for the mandatory activation period. Is in a dormant state. In this way, the base station needs to control the sent paging messages to be transmitted in the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, thereby fully utilizing the time resources in the transmission period, and avoiding waste of resources; in addition, the base station is discontinuous
  • the sleep period has a sleep period during the fixed sleep period, which also reduces the power consumption of the base station.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a paging method according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the method in the fourth embodiment includes:
  • Step 401 The base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during a sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern.
  • the preset pattern includes at least one sending indication information in a preset period.
  • the preset pattern may be characterized as a string of strings or other symbol strings.
  • character 1 represents the transmission indication information
  • character 0 is the sleep indication information.
  • the preset pattern can be characterized as: a string of 0100001000. 4 If the preset period is 10ms, the period of each character in the preset pattern is lms.
  • the location marked with 1 is the transmission indication information, indicating that the base station can send the paging message within the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information, that is, within 1 ms.
  • the location marked as 0 is the sleep indication information, indicating that the base station is in the dormant state during the sleep period indicated by the sleep indication information.
  • the sending indication information is radio frame level period indication information or subframe level period indication information. If the sending indication information is the radio frame level period indication information, the base station determines, in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame level period indication information, a subframe for sending the paging message, in the subframe. Sending the paging message. If the sending indication information is subframe level period indication information, the base station sends a paging message in the indication subframe.
  • the preset pattern described in this embodiment is a pattern on the time domain.
  • the preset pattern can also be a control channel or a data channel pattern in the frequency domain.
  • the base station may send signaling according to the control channel pattern or the data channel pattern, the control signal or the data channel specified in the pattern. Or data.
  • Step 402 The base station sends, to the user equipment, interception indication information that carries a sending location where the user sends the paging message, so that the user equipment monitors the paging message at the sending location.
  • the sending location is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send the paging message and/or a subframe number of the subframe.
  • the base station sends a paging message only during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, and the base station is in a sleep state in a period other than the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information in the preset period of the preset pattern.
  • the base station needs to control the sent paging messages to be sent during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, so that the time resources in the transmission period can be fully utilized to avoid waste of resources; in addition, the base station is in the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the base station is in the discontinuous transmission period.
  • there is a dormant period which also reduces the energy consumption of the base station.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a paging method according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the method described in Embodiment 5 includes:
  • Step 501 The base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern.
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period.
  • the base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. For details, refer to the content described in the foregoing Embodiment 2, which is not described in detail herein.
  • the base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. For details, refer to the content described in the foregoing Embodiment 3, which is not described in detail herein.
  • the base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during the transmission period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern. For details, refer to the content described in the foregoing Embodiment 4, which is not described in detail herein.
  • Step 502 Send monitoring indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment is according to the monitoring The indication information is listened to, the listening position is determined, and the paging message is monitored at the listening position.
  • Step 503 Enable an uplink timer to receive uplink data sent by the user equipment in the set time of the uplink timer to the uplink timer.
  • the foregoing step 503 is added, so that the base station turns on the uplink transceiver, so that the base station can receive the time in time.
  • the uplink data sent to the base station such as a scheduling request or a random access scrambling code, prevents the base station from being received during the activation period of the next discontinuous transmission period. Uplink data sent by the user equipment.
  • the step 503 further includes: if the uplink data sent by the user equipment is received, turning on a downlink timer to start the downlink timer to the The response information corresponding to the uplink data is returned to the user equipment in a downlink timer setting time.
  • the method further includes: sending, to the user equipment, a message carrying at least one base station identifier of a base station operating in a discontinuous transmission working mode, so that the user equipment avoids staying in the message.
  • the base station identifier carried by the base station identifier is monitored by the base station.
  • a macro base station is covered by multiple access nodes, which may be a small base station Pico, an indoor base station Femto, a low mobility base station LoMo, a local wireless access point AP, Low Power Node (LPN), etc. None of these access nodes have the function of sending paging messages. Only the macro base station has the function of sending a paging message. The user equipment needs to choose to camp on the macro base station (ie, the first base station in this embodiment) having the function of sending a paging message, and avoid staying at the access node that is under the macro base station. Thus, the present embodiment adds the above steps before step 501.
  • the macro base station sends information carrying all the access node identifiers under the macro base station to the user equipment by using broadcast or dedicated signaling. After receiving the information, the user equipment directly selects to camp under the macro base station, and avoids staying in the access section corresponding to the identifier. In the meantime, the macro base station sends a paging message to the user equipment, or the macro base station replaces the access node to send a paging message to the user equipment under the access node.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a paging method according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
  • the sixth embodiment is to explain the paging method from the terminal side. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 9, the method in the sixth embodiment includes:
  • Step 601 The user equipment receives the monitoring indication information sent by the base station.
  • Step 602 The user equipment determines, according to the interception indication information, a listening position.
  • the interception indication information is the interception indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, determining the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter;
  • the monitoring indication information is the monitoring indication information carrying the sending location of the paging message, and determining that the sending location is a listening location; if the monitoring indication information is an activation period information carrying a discontinuous transmission period and used for Instructing the user equipment to use the specified subframe as the listening indication information of the listening position, and determining that the designated subframe is the listening position; wherein the designated subframe is the previous one that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • the subframe of the activation period of the subsequent discontinuous transmission period; or the designated subframe may also be the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • a subframe having the same subframe number as the listening position determined by the user equipment itself; or the designated subframe a subframe that is spaced apart from the listening position subframe number determined by the user equipment itself during an activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself .
  • the location of the user equipment is determined by using the PF and PO location determination rules in the prior art. For details, refer to related content in the background art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the user equipment determines the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter. The following steps can be used to achieve:
  • the user equipment acquires its own device identification and actual paging cycle. Then, the user equipment determines, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, a frame of a radio frame to which a subframe of the paging message is monitored. number.
  • the discontinuous transmission period parameter includes: a non-continuous transmission period and a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period; And determining, by the sending period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe in which the paging message is monitored belongs, including:
  • Step sr calculate the initial value of the frame number by using the following first formula:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • SFN is the initial value of the frame number
  • T is the actual paging cycle
  • UE_ID is the device identifier
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32 ⁇
  • div represents the integer operation of the quotient
  • mod represents the modulo operation
  • min( *, *) means taking the minimum of the two numbers.
  • Step S2' according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the initial value of the frame number is determined by using a preset mapping rule. Mapping to a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the frame number is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe in which the paging message is monitored belongs.
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically the following second formula:
  • the SFN′ is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs, SFN is an initial value of the frame number, ⁇ is the discontinuous transmission period, and T 2 is the discontinuous transmission.
  • the fixed activation period of the period, ⁇ is the actual paging cycle, and floor (*) indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *;
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically the following third formula:
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fourth formula:
  • SFN' floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T 2 ) ) ) ;
  • the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fifth formula:
  • N T or ⁇ 2 .
  • the discontinuous transmission period parameter further includes: a start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • the method further includes:
  • Step S3 correcting the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the monitoring paging message belongs according to the starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. Specifically, according to the start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs is modified by using the following ninth formula:
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the corrected paging message belongs
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs
  • P0 is the interception paging message.
  • the subframe number of the subframe, dtxStartOffset is the start time offset value of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the user equipment determines, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, a frame of a radio frame to which a subframe of a paging message is to be located. number.
  • the discontinuous transmission period parameter includes: a non-continuous transmission period and a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period;
  • the sending period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period determine the subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is monitored.
  • the specific process is as follows:
  • Step S4 according to the actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, using the sixth formula to calculate the first cable Quoted value:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 ⁇ ⁇ ) )
  • the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)x ( ⁇ 2 / T ⁇ ( ⁇ 2 / ⁇ ))
  • the Ns is a first index value
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of the nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , ⁇ /2, ⁇ /4, ⁇ /8, ⁇ / 16 , ⁇ / 32 ⁇
  • ⁇ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • is the actual paging period
  • F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than, less than, or closest to An integer specifying the expression *, max (* , *) means taking the larger of the two numbers.
  • Step S5 Calculate a second index value according to the device identifier, the actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter, and the formula:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • i_s is the second index value
  • UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment
  • T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment
  • floor (*) Represents the largest integer less than or equal to the specified expression *
  • mod represents the modulo operation
  • min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers.
  • Step S6' Obtain a subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value according to a correspondence between the first index value, the second index value, and the subframe number.
  • the base station pre-stores a correspondence between the first index value, the second index value, and the subframe number.
  • all paging messages sent by the base station in one paging cycle are controlled to be sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, so that the base station needs to be in a radio frame.
  • the paging message is sent on the more subframes. Therefore, the correspondence between the index value and the subframe number in this embodiment is different from the corresponding relationship in the prior art, and more subframe numbers can be established according to actual requirements. In the correspondence list.
  • the discontinuous transmission period parameters include: a non-continuous transmission period, a non-continuous transmission period
  • the user equipment may determine a listening position of the listening paging message according to a rule.
  • the rule is the same as the rule that the base station determines the sending location of the sending paging message during the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, that is, according to the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the base station, the mapping rule is adopted.
  • the sending location determined by the user equipment by using the prior art is mapped to the corresponding location in the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period.
  • the mapping rule is artificially set.
  • Step 603 The user equipment, at the listening position, listens to a paging message sent by the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or within a transmission period indicated by a sending indication information of the preset pattern.
  • the paging message on the subframe in the activation period of the previous or next non-continuous transmission period closest to the listening position determined by itself is monitored, or the user equipment itself is monitored from the user equipment. Determining a paging message on a subframe of the same subframe number as the listening position determined by the user equipment itself during the activation period of the previous or the last discontinuous transmission period of the latest listening position; or listening to the user equipment.
  • the paging message on the subframe of the predetermined number of subframes separated from the monitoring location subframe number determined by the user equipment itself during the activation period of the previous or subsequent non-continuous transmission period of the nearest determined listening position Can be used as a protocol agreement for user equipment.
  • the base station may not send the activation period carrying the non-continuous transmission period to the user equipment and is used to indicate the fixed activation of the previous or subsequent discontinuous transmission period of the user equipment that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • the subframe in the period is used as the indication information of the listening position, and the user equipment directly listens to the paging message on the subframe in the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user according to the protocol.
  • the method further includes: the user equipment receiving, by the base station, a base station identifier that is sent by another base station that carries at least one working in a discontinuous transmission working mode.
  • the message is to listen to the paging message under the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message according to the message selection.
  • a macro base station is covered by multiple access nodes, which may be a small base station Pico, an indoor base station Femto, a low mobility base station LoMo, a local wireless access point AP, Low Power Node (LPN), etc. None of these access nodes have the function of sending paging messages.
  • the macro base station sends information carrying all the access node identifiers under the macro base station to the user equipment by using broadcast or dedicated signaling. After receiving the information, the user equipment directly selects to camp on the macro base station, and avoids staying under the access node corresponding to the identifier.
  • the macro base station sends a paging message to the user equipment, or the macro base station sends a paging message to the user equipment under the access node instead of the access node.
  • the uplink data method of the present invention includes:
  • Step 701 After listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, select the second base station.
  • the user equipment after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, the user equipment first measures the signal quality of all the base stations in the vicinity; and then selects the base station whose signal quality is greater than the preset quality threshold as the second base station, to the second The base station transmits uplink data.
  • the first base station may send a paging message to the user equipment by using the paging method described in the first embodiment, the second embodiment, the third embodiment, or the fourth embodiment.
  • the user equipment can use the paging method described in Embodiment 6 to monitor the paging message.
  • Embodiment 6 For related content, refer to the corresponding embodiment above, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step 702 Send uplink data to the second base station.
  • the method further includes: the user equipment receiving information that is sent by the first base station and carrying an uplink resource for sending the uplink data, to use The uplink resource sends uplink data to the second base station.
  • the uplink data is a scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a scheduling request; or
  • the uplink data is a random access scrambling code, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a random access scrambling code; or the uplink data is a message for sending an underlying connection, and the uplink resource is a resource for sending a UL-grant.
  • the uplink data is a semi-persistent scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a semi-persistent scheduling request.
  • This embodiment is applicable to a heterogeneous network, and the first base station is covered with a plurality of access nodes (the plurality of access nodes include a second base station). All the access nodes are reserved with the uplink resources, and the first base station may obtain the uplink resources of all the nodes, and send the uplink resources reserved by the corresponding access node selected by the user equipment to the user equipment, And causing the user equipment to use the uplink resource to send uplink data to the selected access node, where the access node provides a service for the user equipment, so as to reduce the load of the first base station.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of an uplink data sending method according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the uplink data method of the present invention includes:
  • Step 801 After listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, obtain trigger information.
  • the first base station may send a paging message to the user equipment by using the paging method described in the foregoing Embodiment 1, the second embodiment, the third embodiment, or the fourth embodiment.
  • the user equipment can use the paging method described in Embodiment 6 to listen to the paging message sent by the first base station.
  • Step 802 If the trigger information is the indication information that is sent by the first base station and carries the identifier of the second base station, determine the second base station according to the identifier of the second base station, and send uplink data to the second base station.
  • the first base station directly sends indication information to the user equipment, to indicate that the user equipment sends uplink data to the second base station, and the second base station provides service for the user equipment.
  • Step 803 If the trigger information is trigger information carrying condition information, determine whether the condition information meets a preset condition, and if the condition information meets a preset condition, select a second base station, and The second base station transmits uplink data. Specifically, if the condition information is the load of the first base station, determining whether the load of the first base station is greater than a preset load threshold, and if the load of the first base station is greater than a preset load threshold, Determining that the condition information meets a preset condition; if the condition information is a service type carried in the paging message, determining whether the service type is a burst service type, if the service type is a burst service type And determining that the condition information satisfies a preset condition.
  • the user equipment selecting the second base station and sending the uplink data to the second base station may be implemented by the following steps:
  • Step 8031 The user equipment measures signal quality of all nearby base stations.
  • Step 8032 The user equipment selects a base station whose signal quality is greater than a preset quality threshold as the second base station, and sends uplink data to the second base station.
  • the user equipment after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, the user equipment directly selects to send uplink data to the second base station, or sends uplink data to the second base station if the trigger information is indicated, or is carried in the trigger information.
  • the uplink data is selected to be sent to the second base station, and the second base station provides the corresponding service for the user equipment, which can effectively balance the load between the base stations and prevent the base station from being overloaded and affecting the communication.
  • the method further includes: receiving information that is sent by the first base station and carries an uplink resource for sending the uplink data.
  • sending the uplink data to the second base station in the foregoing step 803 includes: sending uplink data to the second base station by using the uplink resource.
  • the uplink data is a scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a scheduling request; or the uplink data is a random access scrambling code, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a random access scrambling code;
  • the uplink data is a message for sending an underlying connection, and the uplink resource is a resource for sending a UL-grant.
  • the uplink data is a semi-static scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a semi-persistent scheduling request.
  • the The second base station determines whether to change the current discontinuous transmission mode to the continuous transmission mode according to its own configuration.
  • the (Single mode) provides corresponding services for the user equipment, or directly works in the discontinuous transmission mode to provide corresponding services for the user equipment.
  • This embodiment is applicable to a heterogeneous network, and the first base station is covered with a plurality of access nodes (the plurality of access nodes include a second base station). All the access nodes are reserved with the uplink resources, and the first base station may obtain the uplink resources of all the nodes, and send the uplink resources reserved by the corresponding access node selected by the user equipment to the user equipment, And causing the user equipment to send uplink data to the selected access node by using the uplink resource, where the access node provides a service for the user equipment, so as to reduce the load of the first base station and balance the load between the base stations.
  • FIG. 12 a schematic flowchart of an access method provided in Embodiment 9 of the present invention is shown. As shown in the figure, the method in this embodiment includes:
  • Step 901 The first base station sends an acquisition request that carries the user equipment identifier to the second base station, so that the second base station configures the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource for the user equipment according to the obtaining request.
  • Step 902 The first base station receives, by the second base station, a base station identifier that carries the second base station, and the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource acquisition response, and the Sending a response to the user equipment, so that after the user equipment listens to the paging message sent by the first base station, the user equipment sends the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or uplink resource to the second base station. Access request.
  • the uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment may be an uplink resource that sends a random access scrambling code, if the access request is Sending a message that the underlying connection is established, where the uplink resource is a resource that sends a UL-grant.
  • the first base station obtains the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment by using the communication interaction with the second base station, and forwards the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource to the user.
  • the device so that the user equipment sends an access request to the second base station according to the uplink resource, so as to establish a connection with the second base station.
  • the method further includes: the first base station receiving the access request information sent by the user equipment and the reporting information of the second base station identifier
  • the second base station identifier is an identifier of the base station selected by the user equipment after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station; or the second base station identifier is that the first base station receives the identifier After the access request information sent by the user equipment, the identifier of the user equipment accessing the base station is specified.
  • the second base station may be selected by using the process described in the foregoing method of the eighth embodiment or the ninth embodiment. See the seventh embodiment or the eighth embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the access request information may be a random access scrambling code.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart diagram of an access method according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the method in this embodiment includes:
  • Step 1001 The second base station receives an acquisition request that is sent by the first base station and carries the user equipment identifier.
  • Step 1002 The second base station configures a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource for the user equipment.
  • Step 1003 The second base station returns, to the first base station, an acquisition response that carries the second base station identifier, and a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource, so that the first base station obtains the acquiring Responding to the user equipment, after the user listens to the paging message sent by the first base station, and sends an access request to the second base station by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource.
  • a macro base station In a heterogeneous network, a macro base station is covered by multiple access nodes, which may be a small base station Pico, an indoor base station Femto, a low mobility base station LoMo, a local wireless access point AP, Low Power Node (LPN), etc. These access nodes None of them have the function of sending a paging message. Only the macro base station has the function of sending a paging message. The user equipment is selected to reside in a macro base station (ie, the first base station in this embodiment) having the function of sending a paging message, and avoids camping on an access node that is under the macro base station.
  • a macro base station ie, the first base station in this embodiment
  • the tenth embodiment is also applicable to a heterogeneous network, and the second base station is an access node that is covered by the first base station.
  • the tenth embodiment may be based on the foregoing seventh embodiment or the eighth embodiment.
  • the user equipment selects the access node or according to the macro base station.
  • the indication selects an access node, and sends uplink data to the access node (ie, the second base station) to perform operations such as subsequent connections, and the access node provides corresponding services for the user equipment, thereby reducing the burden on the macro base station.
  • the first base station acquires the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment by using the method in the tenth embodiment, and forwards the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource to the And the user equipment, so that the user equipment sends an access request to the second base station according to the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource, so as to establish a connection with the second base station.
  • the speed at which the user equipment accesses the second base station can be effectively accelerated.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention.
  • the base station in this embodiment includes: a first sending module 10 and a second sending module 11.
  • the first sending module 11 is configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern.
  • the second sending module 11 is configured to send the monitoring indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines the listening position according to the monitoring indication information.
  • the paging message is monitored at the listening position, where the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period.
  • the base station in this embodiment can implement the paging method in the foregoing Embodiment 1. For the specific implementation process, refer to the content in the foregoing Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • the base station sends a paging message only during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, during the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset pattern.
  • the base station is in a sleep state for a period of time other than the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information in the preset period.
  • the paging message to be sent by the base station is controlled to be sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, so that the specific subframe can be fully utilized.
  • the time resource is wasted; at the same time, the base station has a sleep period in the non-active period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset period of the preset pattern except the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the base station.
  • the second sending module which is described in the foregoing embodiment, is specifically configured to: when the first sending module sends a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, send the carrying information to the user equipment And transmitting, to the user equipment, the interception indication information that carries the sending location of the paging message; or sending the interception indication information to the user equipment
  • the activation period information of the continuous transmission period is used to indicate that the user equipment uses the specified subframe as the monitoring indication information of the listening position, where the designated subframe is the previous or the last of the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, or the activation period includes: a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period and a fixed period of the discontinuous transmission period a forced activation period set during the sleep period; wherein the forced activation period is less than or equal to the fixed sleep period.
  • the first sending module includes: a first acquiring unit, a determining unit, and a first sending unit.
  • the first obtaining unit is configured to: when a paging message is sent to the user equipment during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, acquiring a discontinuous transmission period And a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a device identifier of the user equipment, an actual paging period of the user equipment, and a pre-configured paging parameter.
  • the determining unit is configured to use, according to the discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual paging period of the user equipment.
  • the first sending module includes: a second sending unit.
  • the second sending unit is configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during a mandatory activation period set by the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period and the fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the first sending module includes: a third sending unit.
  • the third sending unit is configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during a sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to calculate an initial value of the frame number according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, and the pre-configured paging parameter by using the following first formula:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • SFN is the initial value of the frame number
  • is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment
  • UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment
  • is the pre-configuration Paging parameter
  • div represents the integer operation of the quotient
  • mod represents the modulo operation
  • min(*, *) represents the minimum value of the two numbers; according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, And the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period and the discontinuous transmission period, where the initial value of the frame number is mapped to a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period by using a preset mapping rule, where The frame number is used by the base station to send The frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe to which the paging message is sent belongs.
  • the value range of the above-mentioned nB is ⁇ 4T, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ /2, ⁇ /4, ⁇ /8, ⁇ /16, ⁇ /32 ⁇ , and the value range is only an example, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to Therefore, the nB may take other values.
  • the actual paging cycle of the user equipment may be a non-continuous transmission period in which the user equipment operates in a discontinuous transmission mode.
  • the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following second formula:
  • the SFN′ is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send a paging message belongs, SFN is an initial value of the frame number, and ⁇ is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, T 2 is the discontinuous transmission period, where ⁇ is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, and floor (*) indicates that the maximum integer is less than or equal to the specified expression*; the actual paging cycle of the user equipment may be The discontinuous transmission period in which the user equipment operates in the discontinuous transmission mode.
  • the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following third formula:
  • F(*) represents an integer greater than, less than, or closest to the specified expression *
  • the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following fourth formula:
  • SFN' floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T 2 ) ) ) ;
  • the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following fifth formula:
  • N T or ⁇ 2 .
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to adopt, according to the actual paging period of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, adopting the following sixth
  • the formula calculates the first index value:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 ⁇ ⁇ ) )
  • the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)x ( ⁇ 2 1 ⁇ ⁇ ) ⁇ ( ⁇ / ⁇ 2 )) Ns is the first index value
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of the nB is ⁇ 4 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ /2, ⁇ /4, ⁇ /8, ⁇ / 16 , ⁇ / 32 ⁇
  • ⁇ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • is an actual paging period of the user equipment
  • F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than or less than Or an integer that is closest to the specified expression *
  • max (*, *) represents a value that is the largest of the two numbers; according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging
  • the parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the second index value is calculated by using the following eighth formula
  • N min (T, nB), i_s is the second index value, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers; according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number And acquiring, by the first index value, a subframe number corresponding to the second index value.
  • the first sending module that includes the first obtaining unit, the determining unit, and the first sending unit further includes: a second acquiring unit and a correcting unit.
  • the second acquiring unit is configured to obtain a starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the correcting unit is configured to correct a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the start time offset value. That is, the correction unit corrects the frame number of the radio frame determined by the determining unit according to the start time offset value.
  • the correcting unit is specifically configured to: according to the starting time offset value, modify a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the following ninth formula:
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs
  • P0 is used for the foregoing.
  • the subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is sent, dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value.
  • the third sending unit is specifically configured to: when the sending indication information in the preset pattern is If the sending indication information is a radio frame level indication information, the radio frame level indication information is used to send the sub a frame, the paging message is sent to the user equipment in the subframe, and if the sending indication information is the subframe level indication information, the subframe is sent to the user equipment in the subframe indicated by the subframe level indication information. Said paging message.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 12 of the present invention.
  • the base station in this embodiment is further configured to include the receiving module 12 based on the foregoing eleventh embodiment.
  • the receiving module 12 is configured to: after the first sending module 10 sends a paging message to the user equipment, enable an uplink timer to receive the uplink timer in the set time of the uplink timer. The uplink data sent by the user equipment.
  • the second sending module 11 is further configured to: after the receiving module 12 receives the uplink data sent by the user equipment, enable a downlink timer to start the downlink timer to the downlink timer. Returning corresponding response information of the uplink data to the user equipment within a set time.
  • the second sending module is further configured to send, to the user equipment, a message carrying at least one base station identifier of a base station operating in a discontinuous transmission working mode, The user equipment is prevented from listening to the paging message under the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention.
  • the user equipment in this embodiment includes: a receiving module 20, a determining module 21, and a listening module 22.
  • the receiving module 20 is configured to receive the monitoring indication information sent by the base station.
  • the determining module 21 is configured to determine a listening position according to the monitoring indication information.
  • the monitoring module 22 is configured to: at the listening position, listen to a paging message sent by the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or a transmission period indicated by a sending indication information of the preset pattern. .
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending in a preset period. Period.
  • the user equipment in this embodiment can implement the method in the foregoing Embodiment 6. For the specific implementation process, refer to the content in the foregoing Embodiment 6, and details are not described herein again.
  • the paging message to be sent by the base station is controlled to be sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, so that the specific subframe may be fully utilized.
  • the time resource is wasted; at the same time, the base station has a sleep period in the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset period of the preset pattern except the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the base station.
  • the determining module may be implemented by the following structure. Specifically, the determining module includes: a first determining unit, a second determining unit, and a third determining unit.
  • the first determining unit is configured to: when the interception indication information is the indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, Determine the listening position.
  • the second determining unit is configured to determine, when the interception indication information is the indication information that carries the sending location of the paging message, that the sending location is a listening location.
  • the third determining unit is configured to determine the designation when the monitoring indication information is the activation period information carrying the discontinuous transmission period and is used to indicate that the user equipment uses the designated subframe as the monitoring position information.
  • the subframe is a listening position, where the designated subframe is a subframe in an activation period of a previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
  • the first determining unit may be implemented by the following structure. Specifically, the first determining unit includes: an obtaining subunit and a determining subunit.
  • the acquiring subunit is configured to acquire the number of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, determine a subframe number of the subframe that listens to the paging message, and the sub-frame.
  • An activation period of a transmission period and a discontinuous transmission period, wherein the activation period is the discontinuous transmission period The fixed initial period, the initial value of the frame number is calculated according to the device identifier, the actual paging cycle, and the pre-configured paging parameter by using the following first formula:
  • N min (T, nB)
  • SFN is the initial value of the frame number
  • T is the actual paging cycle
  • UE_ID is the device identifier
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32 ⁇
  • div represents the integer operation of the quotient
  • mod represents the modulo operation
  • min( *, *) indicates taking the minimum value of the two numbers; using a preset mapping according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • the rule maps the initial value of the frame number to a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the frame number is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe in which the paging message is monitored belongs.
  • an activation period of the continuous transmission period and the discontinuous transmission period wherein the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, according to the actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter,
  • the discontinuous transmission period and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period are calculated by the following sixth formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 ⁇ ⁇ ) )
  • the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
  • Ns max( 1 , (nB / T)x ( ⁇ 2 / T ⁇ ( ⁇ 2 / ⁇ ))
  • the Ns is a first index value
  • nB is the pre-configured paging parameter
  • the value range of the nB is ⁇ 4T, 2T, ⁇ , ⁇ /2, ⁇ /4, ⁇ /8, ⁇ / 16, ⁇ /32 ⁇ , for the discontinuous transmission period
  • ⁇ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period
  • is the actual paging period
  • F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than, less than, or closest to Specifying an integer of the expression *, max (*, *) means taking a large value of the two numbers; according to the device identifier, the actual paging cycle, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and
  • the second index value is calculated by using the following eighth formula:
  • I_s floor (UE—ID / N) mod Ns
  • N min (T, nB)
  • i_s is the second index value
  • UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment
  • T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment
  • floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *
  • mod represents the modulo operation
  • min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers
  • the first determining unit further includes: a modifying subunit.
  • the correction subunit uses the offset value, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs is corrected according to the start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the modifying subunit is configured to correct, according to a start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the following ninth formula Frame number:
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the corrected paging message belongs
  • the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs
  • P0 is the interception paging message.
  • the subframe number of the subframe, dtxStartOffset is the start time offset value of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the base station, a message that carries at least one base station identifier of another base station operating in a discontinuous transmission working mode, to avoid camping in the message according to the message selection.
  • the base station identifier carried in the message is monitored by the base station corresponding to the base station identifier.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing the principle of a communication system according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention.
  • the communication system includes a base station 30 and a user equipment 31.
  • the base station 30 is configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern; and send the monitoring indication information to the user equipment, so that The user equipment determines the listening position according to the monitoring indication information, and monitors the paging message at the listening position.
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset. A preset transmission period within the period.
  • the user equipment 31 is configured to receive the monitoring indication information sent by the base station; Instructing information, determining a listening position; monitoring, at the listening position, a paging message sent by the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or a transmission period indicated by a sending indication information of the preset pattern
  • the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period.
  • the base station may adopt the base station provided in the foregoing eleventh embodiment or the twelfth embodiment.
  • the user equipment department adopts the user equipment provided in the foregoing thirteenth embodiment.
  • the paging message to be sent by the base station is controlled to be sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, so that the specific subframe may be fully utilized.
  • the time resource is wasted; at the same time, the base station has a sleep period in the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset period of the preset pattern except the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the base station.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention.
  • the user equipment includes: a selection or determination module 40 and a transmission module 41.
  • the selecting or determining module 40 is configured to: after receiving the paging message sent by the first base station, select the second base station; or after receiving the paging message sent by the first base station, obtain the trigger information, where the trigger information is carried.
  • the second base station is determined according to the identifier of the second base station, and when the trigger information is trigger information carrying condition information, determining whether the condition information meets a preset condition, if When the condition information satisfies the preset condition, the second base station is selected.
  • the sending module 41 is configured to send uplink data to the second base station.
  • the user equipment in this embodiment can implement the method for transmitting the uplink data according to the foregoing Embodiment 7 or 8.
  • the specific implementation process refer to the content in the seventh or eighth embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the user equipment after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, the user equipment directly selects to send uplink data to the second base station, or sends uplink data to the second base station if the trigger information is indicated, or is carried in the trigger information.
  • the uplink data is selected to be sent to the second base station, and
  • the second base station provides a corresponding service for the user equipment, which can effectively balance the load between the base stations, and avoids excessive load on the base station to affect the communication.
  • the selecting or determining module is specifically configured to: when the condition information is the load of the first base station, determine whether the load of the first base station is greater than a preset load threshold, when the first base station is When the load is greater than the preset load threshold, the condition information is determined to satisfy a preset condition; when the condition information is a service type carried in the paging message, determining whether the service type is a burst service type, When the service type is a burst service type, it is determined that the condition information satisfies a preset condition.
  • the selecting or determining module is specifically configured to measure signal quality of all base stations in the vicinity; and selecting a base station whose signal quality is greater than a preset mass threshold is the second base station.
  • the user equipment further includes: a receiving module.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive information that is sent by the first base station and carries an uplink resource that is used to send the uplink data.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to send uplink data to the second base station by using the uplink resource.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing the principle of a communication system according to Embodiment 16 of the present invention.
  • the communication system includes: a first base station 50, a second base station 51, and a user equipment 52.
  • the user equipment 52 is configured to select the second base station 51 after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station 50, or obtain the trigger information after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station 51, when the trigger information is
  • the indication information of the second base station identifier is carried, determining, by the second base station identifier, the second base station 51, when the trigger information is trigger information carrying the condition information, determining whether the condition information meets a preset condition, If the condition information satisfies a preset condition, the second base station 51 is selected; and the uplink data is transmitted to the second base station 51.
  • the user equipment may adopt the user equipment described in the above fifteenth embodiment.
  • the user equipment after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, the user equipment directly selects to send uplink data to the second base station, or sends uplink data to the second base station if the trigger information is indicated, or is carried in the trigger information.
  • the uplink data is selected to be sent to the second base station, and the second base station provides the corresponding service for the user equipment, which can effectively balance the load between the base stations and avoid the base. Station overload is too much to affect communication.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 17 of the present invention.
  • the base station includes: a sending module 61, a receiving module 62, and a forwarding module 63.
  • the sending module 61 is configured to send, to the second base station, an acquisition request that carries the user equipment identifier, so that the second base station configures a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource for the user equipment according to the obtaining request.
  • the receiving module 62 is configured to receive, by the second base station, a base station identifier that carries the second base station, and the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource acquisition response.
  • the forwarding module 63 is configured to send the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that the user equipment uses the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station. Or the uplink resource sends an access request to the second base station.
  • the base station in this embodiment can implement the access method provided in the foregoing embodiment 9. For the specific time process, refer to the content of the foregoing embodiment IX, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first base station obtains the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment by using the communication interaction with the second base station, and forwards the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource to the user.
  • the device so that the user equipment sends an access request to the second base station according to the uplink resource, so as to establish a connection with the second base station.
  • This embodiment can effectively speed up the access of the user equipment to the second base station.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the access request information sent by the user equipment and the report information of the second base station identifier, where the second base station identifier is that the user equipment monitors the first base station The identifier of the base station selected after the sent paging message is sent; or the second base station identifier is an identifier of the user equipment accessing the base station after the first base station receives the access request information sent by the user equipment.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 18 of the present invention.
  • the base station includes: a receiving module 70, a configuration module 71, and a feedback module 72.
  • the receiving module 70 is configured to receive an acquisition request that is sent by the first base station and carries the user equipment identifier.
  • the configuration The module 71 is configured to configure a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource for the user equipment.
  • the feedback module 72 is configured to return, to the first base station, an acquisition response that carries the second base station identifier, and a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource, so that the first base station sends the acquisition response.
  • the base station in this embodiment can implement the access method in the foregoing Embodiment 10.
  • the base station in this embodiment can implement the access method in the foregoing Embodiment 10.
  • For the specific implementation process refer to the content of the foregoing Embodiment 10, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to Embodiment 19 of the present invention.
  • the communication system includes: a first base station 80, a second base station 81, and a user equipment 82.
  • the first base station 80 is configured to send, to the second base station 81, an acquisition request that carries the user equipment identifier, so that the second base station 81 configures the cell wireless network temporary for the user equipment 82 according to the acquisition request.
  • the second base station 81 And receiving, by the second base station 81, the base station identifier that carries the second base station, and the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource acquisition response, and the obtaining response Sending to the user equipment 82, after the user equipment 82 listens to the paging message sent by the first base station 80, using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or uplink resource to the second base station. 81 sends an access request.
  • the second base station 81 is configured to receive an acquisition request that is sent by the first base station 80 and that carries the user equipment identifier; configure the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource for the user equipment 82; and return to the first base station 80 The second base station identifier, and the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource acquisition response, so that the first base station 80 forwards the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that the user equipment 82 is listening. After the paging message sent by the first base station, the access request is sent to the second base station 81 by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource.
  • the first base station may be the base station according to the seventeenth embodiment
  • the second base station may be the base station according to the eighteenth embodiment.
  • the first base station obtains the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment by using the communication interaction with the second base station, and temporarily The identifier and the uplink resource are forwarded to the user equipment, so that the user equipment sends an access request to the second base station according to the uplink resource, so as to establish a connection with the second base station.
  • This embodiment can effectively speed up the access of the user equipment to the second base station.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
  • the user equipment provided by the embodiments of the present invention may be a wireless terminal, and the wireless terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connection function, or other processing connected to the wireless modem. device.
  • the wireless terminal can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal, for example, a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device that is wireless with The access network exchanges languages and/or data.
  • PCS Personal Communication Service
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistants
  • the above-described integrated unit implemented in the form of a software functional unit can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the above software functional unit is stored in a storage medium and includes instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to perform the methods of the various embodiments of the present invention. Part of the steps.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), A variety of media that can store program code, such as Random Access Memory (RAM), disk, or optical disk.

Abstract

A paging method, an uplink data sending method, and an access method, device and system. The method comprises: sending a paging message and indication information to a user equipment within an activation period of a discontinuous sending period or a sending period indicated by sending indication information in a preset pattern, so that the user equipment determines a monitoring position according to the monitoring indication information, and monitors the paging message at the monitoring position. In the embodiments, a base station controls the to-be-sent paging messages to be sent within an activation period of a discontinuous sending period or a sending period indicated by the sending indication information in a preset pattern, thereby avoiding, by fully using the time resource within the sending time period, time resource waste caused due to that the limited several specific sub-frames of wireless frames of the paging period are only used in the prior art; and in addition, the base station has a sleep period, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the base station.

Description

寻呼方法、 上行数据发送方法、 接入方法、 设备及系统 本申请要求于 2013 年 5 月 31 日提交中国专利局、 申请号为 201310213559.8、 发明名称为"寻呼方法、 上行数据发送方法、 接入方法、 设 备及系统"的中国专利申请的优先权, 其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。 技术领域  Paging method, uplink data transmission method, access method, device and system. The application is submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on May 31, 2013, and the application number is 201310213559.8. The invention name is "paging method, uplink data transmission method, and connection". The priority of the Chinese Patent Application, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术, 尤其涉及一种寻呼方法、 上行数据发送方法、 接入 方法、 设备及系统。 背景技术  The present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a paging method, an uplink data transmission method, an access method, a device, and a system. Background technique
随着移动通信技术的发展, 3G ( 3rd-generation, 第三代移动通信技术)网 络或 LTE ( Long Term Evolution,长期演进)网络的大规模部署, 高速率大带宽 的业务带给人们丰富多彩的应用体验。而大规模增长的智能手机给运营商带来 了更多的挑战, 应用服务的不断增长, 致使网络容量的需求越来越大。 为了进 一步增强网络的容量, 网络架构从同构网络向异构网络演进。 例如, 如图 1 所示, 一个宏基站 1下, 往往覆盖有多个接入节点 2。 这些接入节点 2可以是 小基站 Pico, 室内基站 Femto, 低移动性基站 LoMo, 本地无线接入点 AP, 低 功率发射节点 ( Low Power Node, LPN )等, 它们均不具有下发寻呼消息的功 能。 由宏基站向用户设备( User Equipment , UE )发送寻呼消息用于通知 UE 有服务到来。  With the development of mobile communication technology, large-scale deployment of 3G (3rd-generation, 3rd generation mobile communication technology) network or LTE (Long Term Evolution) network, high-speed and large-bandwidth services bring people rich and colorful Application experience. The large-scale growth of smart phones has brought more challenges to operators, and the continuous growth of application services has led to an increasing demand for network capacity. To further enhance the capacity of the network, the network architecture evolves from a homogeneous network to a heterogeneous network. For example, as shown in Figure 1, a macro base station 1 is often covered with multiple access nodes 2. The access nodes 2 may be a small base station Pico, an indoor base station Femto, a low mobility base station LoMo, a local wireless access point AP, a low power transmitting node (LPN), etc., which do not have a paging message. The function. The macro base station sends a paging message to the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) to notify the UE that the service arrives.
现有 LTE网络中, 宏基站发送寻呼消息是按照一定的规则来进行的, UE 也会根据该规则监听属于自己的寻呼消息。宏基站发送的寻呼信息,从帧格式 角度定义, 是由无线帧组成的, 如图 2所示, 每个无线帧包含 10个子帧, 每 个子1贞包含若干个 OFDM ( Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, 正 交频分复用)符号。 子帧号 0 ~ 9, 无线帧号 0 ~ 665365。 In the existing LTE network, the macro base station sends the paging message according to a certain rule, and the UE also listens to the paging message belonging to itself according to the rule. The macro base station transmits the paging information, the definition of the frame format from the perspective of the radio frame is composed of, as shown, each radio frame contains 10 subframes 2, each comprising a plurality of sub-Zhen 1 OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) symbols. Subframe number 0 ~ 9, wireless frame number 0 ~ 665365.
宏基站在一个寻呼周期内, 只向 UE发送一次寻呼消息。 宏基站按照规则 在指定无线帧 ( Paging Frame, PF ) 的监听位置 ( Paging Occasion, PO )处向 UE发送寻呼消息。 对 UE而言, 在一个寻呼周期内, UE也同样按照所述规则 在指定 PF的 PO处接收寻呼消息一次。 其中, PO即无线帧中子帧的子帧号。 具体地, 该规则指定 PF帧号和 PO子帧号的计算方法如下: The macro base station sends a paging message only to the UE in one paging cycle. Macro base station according to the rules A paging message is sent to the UE at a Paging Occasion (PO) of the specified Paging Frame (PF). For the UE, in one paging cycle, the UE also receives the paging message once at the PO of the designated PF according to the rule. Where PO is the subframe number of the subframe in the radio frame. Specifically, the rule specifies that the PF frame number and the PO subframe number are calculated as follows:
SFN mod T= ( T div N ) ( UE— ID mod N )  SFN mod T= ( T div N ) ( UE — ID mod N )
i_s=floor ( UEJD/N ) mod Ns  I_s=floor ( UEJD/N ) mod Ns
其中, SFN的值即为 PF帧号, T为 UE的寻呼周期, N等于 min ( T, nB ) ,取 T和 nB中的最小值,单位是无线帧。 nB是网络在系统信息块 2( System Information Blocks 2, SIB2 ) 中广播的, 其取值范围是 4T、 2Τ、 Τ、 Τ/2、 Τ/4、 Τ/8、 Τ/16、 Τ/32,单位是无线帧。 UE— ID等于国际移动用户识别码( International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number, IMSI )模 1024。 Ns等于 max(l , nB/T), 取 1和 nB/T中的最大值, 根据上述对 nB取值范围的解释, Ns的取值范围是 1 , 2, 4。 i— s为 PO索引值。 根据 LTE标准中的定义, i— s与子帧之间有一个 固定的映射关系, 如下表 1和表 2所示。  The value of SFN is the PF frame number, T is the paging period of the UE, N is equal to min (T, nB), and the minimum value in T and nB is taken, and the unit is a radio frame. nB is broadcasted by the network in System Information Blocks 2 (SIB2), and its value ranges from 4T, 2Τ, Τ, Τ/2, Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/16, Τ/32. The unit is a wireless frame. The UE_ID is equal to the International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number (IMSI) mode 1024. Ns is equal to max(l, nB/T), taking the maximum value of 1 and nB/T. According to the above explanation of the range of values of nB, the value range of Ns is 1, 2, 4. I—s is the PO index value. According to the definition in the LTE standard, there is a fixed mapping relationship between i_s and subframes, as shown in Table 1 and Table 2 below.
表 1所示, 在频分双工 ( Frequency Division Duplexing, FDD )模式下, As shown in Table 1, in Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) mode,
LTE中寻呼子帧为以下至少之一: 无线帧的第一子帧 (子帧 #0 )、 第五个子帧 (子帧 #4 )、 第六个子帧 (子帧 #5 )、 第十个子帧 (子帧 #9 )。 The paging subframe in LTE is at least one of the following: a first subframe (subframe #0), a fifth subframe (subframe #4), a sixth subframe (subframe #5), and a tenth of the radio frame. Subframes (subframe #9).
表 1 FDD寻呼子帧配置表  Table 1 FDD paging subframe configuration table
Figure imgf000004_0001
Figure imgf000004_0001
表 2所示, 在时分双工 (Time Division Duplexing, TDD )模式下, LTE 中寻呼子帧为以下至少之一: 无线帧的第一个子帧(子帧 #0 )、第二个子帧(子 帧 #1 )、 第六个子帧 (子帧 #5 )、 第七个子帧 (子帧 #6 )。  As shown in Table 2, in Time Division Duplexing (TDD) mode, the paging subframe in LTE is at least one of the following: the first subframe (subframe #0) and the second subframe of the radio frame. (Subframe #1), the sixth subframe (Subframe #5), and the seventh subframe (Subframe #6).
表 2 TDD寻呼子帧配置表 Ns PO when i s=0 PO when i s=l PO when i s=2 PO when i s=3Table 2 TDD paging subframe configuration table Ns PO when is=0 PO when is=l PO when is=2 PO when is=3
1 0 N/A N/A N/A 1 0 N/A N/A N/A
2 0 5 N/A N/A  2 0 5 N/A N/A
4 0 1 5 6  4 0 1 5 6
其中, 在表 1和表 2中, PO可以理解为寻呼子帧, 即 UE的监听位置在 该子帧上。 对于时分双工系统, 寻呼信息在每个无线帧的子帧 0, 1 , 5 , 6中 的一个或多个子帧上传输, 对于频分双工 FDD系统, 寻呼信息在每个无线帧 的子帧 0, 4, 5, 9中的一个或多个子帧上传输, 其他子帧上没有信息传输。  In Table 1 and Table 2, the PO can be understood as a paging subframe, that is, the listening position of the UE is on the subframe. For a time division duplex system, paging information is transmitted on one or more of subframes 0, 1, 5, 6 of each radio frame. For a frequency division duplex FDD system, paging information is in each radio frame. The subframes are transmitted on one or more of the subframes 0, 4, 5, and 9, and no information is transmitted on the other subframes.
现有技术中,基站在寻呼周期的全周期内都处于工作状态, 由此基站采用 上述规则仅需要在上述个别几个子帧中传输寻呼消息,其他子帧都处于闲置状 态, 资源浪费大, 能耗高。  In the prior art, the base station is in the working state in the whole period of the paging cycle. Therefore, the base station needs to transmit the paging message in the foregoing several subframes according to the foregoing rule, and the other subframes are in an idle state, and the resource is wasted. , high energy consumption.
发明内容 Summary of the invention
本发明的多个方面提供一种寻呼方法、 上行数据发送方法、接入方法、 设 备及系统。  Aspects of the present invention provide a paging method, an uplink data transmission method, an access method, a device, and a system.
本发明的第一个方面, 提供一种寻呼方法, 包括:  In a first aspect of the present invention, a paging method is provided, including:
在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送 期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息;  Sending a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern;
向用户设备发送监听指示信息, 以使所述用户设备根据所述监听指示信 息, 确定监听位置, 并在所述监听位置处监听寻呼消息;  Sending the monitoring indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines the listening position according to the monitoring indication information, and monitors the paging message at the listening position;
其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应 预设周期内的一预设发送期。  The sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period.
结合寻呼方法的第一个方面,在第一种可能实现方式中, 所述激活期为所 述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,或者所述激活期包括: 所述非连续发送周期 的固定激活期和所述非连续发送周期的固定休眠期内设定的强制激活期; 其中, 所述强制激活期小于或等于所述固定休眠期。 结合寻呼方法的第一个方面或第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能实现方 式中, 所述向用户设备发送监听指示信息, 包括: In conjunction with the first aspect of the paging method, in a first possible implementation manner, the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, or the activation period includes: fixing the discontinuous transmission period a forced activation period set in a fixed sleep period of the activation period and the discontinuous transmission period; wherein the forced activation period is less than or equal to the fixed sleep period. In combination with the first aspect of the paging method or the first possible implementation manner, in the second possible implementation manner, the sending, by the user equipment, the monitoring indication information includes:
若在非连续发送周期的激活期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息,则向所述用户 设备发送携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数的监听指示信息; 或 者, 向所述用户设备发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指示信 息; 或者, 向所述用户设备发送携带有非连续发送周期的激活期信息并用于指 示所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息, 其中, 所述指定子 帧为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送 周期的激活期内的子帧;  Sending, to the user equipment, the interception indication information carrying the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, if the paging message is sent to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period; or sending the paging indication information to the user equipment And carrying the monitoring indication information of the sending location of the paging message; or sending, to the user equipment, the activation period information carrying the discontinuous transmission period and used to indicate that the user equipment uses the designated subframe as the monitoring location Instructing information, where the designated subframe is a subframe of an activation period of a previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself;
若在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息, 则向所述用户设备发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指示信息。  If the paging message is sent to the user equipment during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, the monitoring indication information carrying the transmission location of the paging message is sent to the user equipment.
结合寻呼方法的第二种可能实现方式, 在第三种可能实现方式中, 所述寻 呼消息的发送位置包括: 用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号和 / 或所述子帧的子帧号。  In a third possible implementation manner of the paging method, in a third possible implementation manner, the sending location of the paging message includes: a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs, and/or Or the subframe number of the subframe.
结合寻呼方法的第一种可能实现方式, 在第四种可能实现方式中, 所述在 非连续发送周期的激活期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息, 包括:  With the first possible implementation of the paging method, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the sending, by the user equipment, a paging message during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period includes:
若所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,则获取非连续发送周 期、 非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设备 的实际寻呼周期以及预配置寻呼参数;  If the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, obtaining a discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual paging period of the user equipment And pre-configured paging parameters;
根据所述非连续发送周期、所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所述预配 置寻呼参数、所述用户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期,确定 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号 以及所述子帧所属的无线帧的帧号; 发送寻呼消息。 结合寻呼方法的第四种可能实现方式, 在第五种可能实现方式中, 所述根 据所述非连续发送周期、 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期、所述预配置寻呼 参数、所述用户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期,确定所述非 连续发送周期的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧所属的无线帧的 帧号, 包括: Determining the discontinuity according to the discontinuous transmission period, the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier of the user equipment, and the actual paging period of the user equipment. a subframe number of a subframe for transmitting the paging message and a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe belongs, in a fixed activation period of the sending period; sending a paging message. According to a fourth possible implementation manner of the paging method, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the fixed activation period according to the discontinuous transmission period, the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment and an actual paging period of the user equipment, determining a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs during a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, including :
根据所述用户设备的设备标识、所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期和所述预配 置寻呼参数, 采用如下第一公式计算帧号初值:  And determining, according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, and the pre-configured paging parameter, the initial value of the frame number is calculated by using the following first formula:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )  SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE — ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, Τ为所述用户设备的实际 寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述用户设备的设备标识, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取值范围为 {4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32} , div表示取 商的整数运算, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值;  Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, Τ is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, and nB is the pre-configuration Paging parameters, the nB ranges from {4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32}, div represents the integer operation of the quotient, mod represents The modulo operation, min(*, *) means taking the minimum of the two numbers;
根据所述帧号初值、所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、所述非连续发送周期 和所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值映 射到所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内对应的帧号,该帧号即为所述基站用 于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。  And mapping the initial value of the frame number by using a preset mapping rule according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the frame number is a frame number of a radio frame to which the base station is configured to send the paging message.
结合寻呼方法的第五种可能实现方式, 在第六种可能实现方式中, 所述预 设的映射规则具体为如下第二公式:  In conjunction with the fifth possible implementation manner of the paging method, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the preset mapping rule is specifically as follows:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2+( SFN mod T ) mod Tj SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 +( SFN mod T ) mod Tj
其中,所述 SFN'为所述基站用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, The SFN′ is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send a paging message belongs.
SFN为所述帧号初值, Ί\为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, T2为所述非 连续发送周期, Τ为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者 等于指定表达式 *的最大整数; SFN is the initial value of the frame number, Ί\ is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, T 2 is the discontinuous transmission period, Τ is the actual paging period of the user equipment, and floor (*) indicates Take the largest integer less than or equal to the specified expression *;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第三公式:  Or the preset mapping rule is specifically the following third formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ) SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) )
其中, F(*)表示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数; 或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第四公式: Where F(*) represents an integer greater than, less than, or closest to the specified expression *; Or the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fourth formula:
SFN' = floor ( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T2 ) ) ) ; SFN' = floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T 2 ) ) ) ;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第五公式:  Or the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fifth formula:
SFN' mod T2 = floor( ( ΊΧΙ Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) ) SFN' mod T 2 = floor( ( Ί Χ Ι Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) )
其中, N,=T或 Τ2Where N, =T or Τ 2 .
结合寻呼方法的第四种可能实现方式, 在第七种可能实现方式中, 所述根 据所述非连续发送周期、 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期、所述预配置寻呼 参数、所述用户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期,确定所述非 连续发送周期的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, 包括: 根据所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发 送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第六公式计算第一索 引值:  According to a fourth possible implementation manner of the paging method, in a seventh possible implementation, the non-continuous transmission period, the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, Determining, by the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, the subframe number of the subframe used to send the paging message in the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, including: The actual paging period of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period are calculated by using a sixth formula as follows:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值:  Alternatively, the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ2 / T χ(Τ/ Τ2)) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 / T χ(Τ/ Τ 2 ))
其中, Ns为所述第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取 值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16 , Τ/32} , 为所述非连续发送周 期, Τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周 期, F(*)表示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (*, *)表示取两 数中大的值; Ns is the first index value, nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, and the value range of the nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2, Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/ 16 , Τ / 32} , for the discontinuous transmission period, Τ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, Τ is an actual paging period of the user equipment, and F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than or less than Or the integer closest to the specified expression *, max (*, *) means taking the larger of the two numbers;
根据所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、 所述预配 用如下第八公式计算第二索引值:  Calculating a second index value according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, and the pre-configuration according to the following eighth formula:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns  I_s=floor (UE—ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i s为所述第二索引值, UE ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值; Where N=min ( T, nB ), is the second index value, and the UE ID is the user equipment Device identification, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) means taking the largest integer less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod means modulo operation, min(*, *) means taking two small and medium Value
才艮据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值 和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。  The subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value is obtained according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number.
结合寻呼方法的第四种至第七种中任意一种可能实现方式,在第八种可能 实现方式中, 还包括:  And the possible implementation manner of any one of the fourth to seventh methods of the paging method. In the eighth possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
获取所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值;  Obtaining a starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period;
根据所述起始时刻偏移值,修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧 的帧号。  And correcting a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the start time offset value.
结合寻呼方法的第八种可能实现方式, 在第九种可能实现方式中, 所述根 据所述起始时刻偏移值, 修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧 号, 具体为:  With the eighth possible implementation manner of the paging method, in a ninth possible implementation, the frame of the radio frame to which the subframe for sending the paging message belongs is modified according to the starting time offset value No., specifically:
根据所述起始时刻偏移值,采用如下第九公式修正所述用于发送寻呼消息 的子帧所属无线帧的帧号:  And modifying, according to the start time offset value, a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the following ninth formula:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )  SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN,为所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0为所述用于发送 寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述起始时刻偏移值。  The SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs, and the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs, and P0 is used for the foregoing. The subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is sent, dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value.
结合寻呼消息的第一个方面,在第十种可能实现方式中, 所述发送指示信 息为无线帧级别指示信息或子帧级别指示信息;  In combination with the first aspect of the paging message, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the sending indication information is radio frame level indication information or subframe level indication information;
相应地,在所述预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内, 向用户设备发 送寻呼消息, 包括:  Correspondingly, sending a paging message to the user equipment during the sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern includes:
若所述发送指示信息为无线帧级别指示信息,则确定所述无线帧级别指示 信息指示的无线帧内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧,在所述子帧上向用户设备 发送所述寻呼消息; 若所述发送指示信息为子帧级别指示信息,则在所述子帧级别指示信息指 示的子帧上向用户设备发送所述寻呼消息。 Determining, in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame level indication information, a subframe for transmitting the paging message, where the sending indication information is a radio frame level indication information, and transmitting, to the user equipment, the subframe Paging message And if the sending indication information is the subframe level indication information, sending the paging message to the user equipment on the subframe indicated by the subframe level indication information.
结合寻呼方法的第一个方面或第一种至第十种中任意一种可能实现方式, 在第十一种可能实现方式中,所述在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样 的发送指示信息指示的发送期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息之后, 还包括: 开启上行定时器,以在上行定时器的开启时间至所述上行定时器设定时间 内接收所述用户设备发送的上行数据。  In combination with the first aspect of the paging method or any one of the first to the tenth possible implementation manners, in an eleventh possible implementation manner, the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or a preset After the sending of the paging message to the user equipment in the sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the pattern, the method further includes: enabling the uplink timer to receive the user in the set time of the uplink timer to the set time of the uplink timer The uplink data sent by the device.
结合寻呼方法的第十一种可能实现方式,在第十二种可能实现方式中, 所 述开启上行定时器,以在上行定时器的开启时间至所述上行定时器设定时间内 接收所述用户设备发送的上行数据之后, 还包括:  According to the eleventh possible implementation manner of the paging method, in the twelfth possible implementation, the uplink timer is started, to receive the uplink timer, when the uplink timer is turned on, and the uplink timer is set. After the uplink data sent by the user equipment, the method further includes:
若接收到所述用户设备发送的上行数据, 则开启下行定时器, 以在下行定 时器的开启时间至所述下行定时器设定时间内向所述用户设备返回所述上行 数据相应的响应信息。  If the uplink data sent by the user equipment is received, the downlink timer is started, and the response information corresponding to the uplink data is returned to the user equipment in the set time of the downlink timer to the downlink timer.
结合寻呼方法的第一个方面或第一种至第十二种中任意一种可能实现方 式,在第十三种可能实现方式中, 所述在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设 图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内,向用户设备发送寻呼消息之前,还包括: 向所述用户设备发送携带有至少一个工作于非连续发送工作模式下基站 的基站标识的消息 ,以使所述用户设备避免驻留在所述消息中携带的基站标识 对应的基站下监听寻呼消息。  In combination with the first aspect of the paging method or any one of the first to the twelfth possible implementation manners, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or Before the sending of the paging message to the user equipment, the method further includes: sending, to the user equipment, a message carrying at least one base station identifier of the base station operating in the discontinuous transmission working mode, The user equipment is prevented from listening to the paging message under the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message.
本发明第二个方面, 提供一种寻呼方法, 包括:  According to a second aspect of the present invention, a paging method is provided, including:
接收基站发送的监听指示信息;  Receiving the monitoring indication information sent by the base station;
根据所述监听指示信息, 确定监听位置;  Determining a listening position according to the monitoring indication information;
在所述监听位置处,监听所述基站在所述非连续发送周期的激活期内或在 所述预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送的寻呼消息;  And at the listening position, listening to a paging message sent by the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or a transmission period indicated by a sending indication information of the preset pattern;
其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应 预设周期内的一预设发送期。 The sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to A preset transmission period within a preset period.
结合寻呼方法的第二个方面,在第一种可能实现方式中, 所述根据所述监 听指示信息, 确定监听位置, 包括:  In conjunction with the second aspect of the paging method, in the first possible implementation, the determining the listening position according to the monitoring indication information includes:
若所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数的 监听指示信息, 则根据所述非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数,确定监听 位置;  If the monitoring indication information is the monitoring indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, determining the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter;
若所述监听指示信息为携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指示 信息, 则确定所述发送位置为监听位置;  If the interception indication information is the interception indication information carrying the transmission location of the paging message, determining that the sending location is a listening location;
若所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期的激活期信息并用于指示 所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息,则确定所述指定子帧 为监听位置;  Determining, if the interception indication information is the activation period information carrying the non-continuous transmission period, and indicating the user equipment to use the designated subframe as the listening position, determining the designated subframe as the listening position;
其中,所述指定子帧为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个 或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧。  The designated subframe is a subframe of an activation period of a previous or a subsequent discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
结合寻呼方法的第一种可能实现方式, 在第二种可能实现方式中, 所述根 据所述非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数, 确定监听位置, 包括:  In combination with the first possible implementation manner of the paging method, in the second possible implementation manner, the determining the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter includes:
获取自身的设备标识和实际寻呼周期;  Obtain its own device identification and actual paging cycle;
根据所述非连续发送周期参数、 所述预配置寻呼参数、所述设备标识和所 述实际寻呼周期,确定监听寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号以及所述子帧所属的无线 帧的帧号。  Determining, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, a subframe number of a subframe in which the paging message is monitored, and a radio frame to which the subframe belongs Frame number.
结合寻呼方法的第二种可能实现方式, 在第三种可能实现方式中, 所述非 连续发送周期参数包括: 非连续发送周期和非连续发送周期的固定激活期, 其 中所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期;  In a third possible implementation manner of the paging method, in the third possible implementation manner, the discontinuous transmission period parameter includes: a non-continuous transmission period and a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period;
相应地, 所述根据所述非连续发送周期参数、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述 设备标识和所述实际寻呼周期, 确定监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, 包括: 根据所述设备标识、所述实际寻呼周期和所述预配置寻呼参数, 采用如下 第一公式计算帧号初值: Correspondingly, determining, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, a frame number of a radio frame to which a subframe for monitoring a paging message belongs, including : And calculating, according to the device identifier, the actual paging cycle, and the pre-configured paging parameter, an initial value of the frame number by using the following first formula:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )  SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE — ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, T为所述实际寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述设备标识, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2 , T/4, T/8 , T/16, T/32} , div表示取商的整数运算, mod 表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值;  Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, T is the actual paging cycle, UE_ID is the device identifier, and nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, The value range of nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32}, div represents the integer operation of the quotient, mod represents the modulo operation, min( *, *) means taking the minimum of the two numbers;
根据所述帧号初值、所述实际寻呼周期、所述非连续发送周期和所述非连 续发送周期的固定激活期,采用预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值映射到所述非 连续发送周期的固定激活期内对应的帧号,该帧号即为监听寻呼消息的子帧所 属无线帧的帧号。  And mapping, according to the frame number initial value, the actual paging cycle, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the frame number initial value to the The frame number corresponding to the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the frame number is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe in which the paging message is monitored belongs.
结合寻呼方法的第三种可能实现方式, 在第四种可能实现方式中, 所述预 设的映射规则具体为如下第二公式:  A third possible implementation manner of the paging method is as follows: In the fourth possible implementation manner, the preset mapping rule is specifically as follows:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2+( SFN mod T ) mod Tj SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 +( SFN mod T ) mod Tj
其中, 所述 SFN'为所述监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN为 所述帧号初值, Ί\为所述非连续发送周期, τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定 激活期, Τ为所述实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等于指定表达式 *的 最大整数; The SFN′ is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs, SFN is an initial value of the frame number, Ί\ is the discontinuous transmission period, and τ 2 is the discontinuous transmission. The fixed activation period of the period, Τ is the actual paging cycle, and floor (*) indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第三公式:  Or the preset mapping rule is specifically the following third formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ) SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) )
其中, F(*)表示取最接近指定表达式 *的整数;  Where F(*) represents the integer that is closest to the specified expression *;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第四公式:  Or the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fourth formula:
SFN' = floor ( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T2 ) ) ) ; SFN' = floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T 2 ) ) ) ;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第五公式:  Or the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fifth formula:
SFN' mod T2 = floor( ( ΊΧΙ Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) ) 其中, N,=T或 T2SFN' mod T 2 = floor( ( Ί Χ Ι Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) ) Where N, =T or T 2 .
结合寻呼方法的第二种可能实现方式, 在第五种可能实现方式中, 所述非 连续发送周期参数包括: 非连续发送周期和非连续发送周期的固定激活期, 其 中所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期;  In a fifth possible implementation manner, the non-continuous transmission period parameter includes: a non-continuous transmission period and a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period;
相应地, 所述根据所述非连续发送周期参数、 预配置寻呼参数、 所述设备 标识和所述实际寻呼周期, 确定监听寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, 包括:  Correspondingly, determining, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, the subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is monitored, including:
根据所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发送周期以及 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, 采用如下第六公式计算第一索引值: And calculating, according to the actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a first index value by using a sixth formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值:  Alternatively, the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ2 / T χ(Τ2 / Τ)) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 / T χ(Τ 2 / Τ))
其中, 所述 Ns为第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取 值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16 , Τ/32} , 为所述非连续发送周 期, Τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述实际寻呼周期, F(*)表 示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (* , *)表示取两数中大的 值; The Ns is a first index value, nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, and the value range of the nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2, Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/ 16 , Τ / 32} , for the discontinuous transmission period, Τ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, Τ is the actual paging period, and F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than, less than, or closest to An integer specifying the expression *, max (* , *) means taking the larger of the two numbers;
根据所述设备标识、 所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述非连 续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第八公式计算第 二索引值:  And determining, according to the device identifier, the actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the second index value is calculated by using an eighth formula:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns  I_s=floor (UE—ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i— s为所述第二索引值, UE— ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值;  Where N=min (T, nB), i_s is the second index value, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers;
才艮据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值 和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。 结合寻呼方法的第二种至第五种中任意一种可能实现方式,在第六种可能 实现方式中, 所述非连续发送周期参数还包括: 非连续发送周期的固定激活期 的起始时刻偏移值; The subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value is obtained according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number. In combination with the second to fifth possible implementation manners of the paging method, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the discontinuous transmission period parameter further includes: a start of a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period Time offset value;
相应地, 所述寻呼方法, 还包括:  Correspondingly, the paging method further includes:
根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值,修正监听寻呼 消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。  The frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the snoop paging message belongs is modified according to the start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
结合寻呼方法的第六种可能实现方式, 在第七种可能实现方式中, 所述根 据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值,修正监听寻呼消息的 子帧所属无线帧的帧号, 具体为:  A sixth possible implementation manner of the paging method, in a seventh possible implementation, the subframe that corrects the paging message according to the starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period The frame number of the radio frame to which it belongs is specifically:
根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值,采用如下第九 公式修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号:  And according to the start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs is modified by using the following ninth formula:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' xl0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )  SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' xl0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN,为 所述监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0 为所述监听寻呼消息的子帧 的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述非连续发送周期的激活期的起始时刻偏移值。  The SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the corrected paging message belongs, and the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs, and P0 is the interception paging message. The subframe number of the subframe, dtxStartOffset is the start time offset value of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
结合寻呼方法的第二个方面, 或第一种至第七种中任意一种可能实现方 式, 在第八种可能实现方式中, 所述在所述监听位置处, 监听所述基站在所述 非连续发送周期的激活期内发送的寻呼消息之前, 还包括:  In combination with the second aspect of the paging method, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the listening to the base station is at the listening position Before the paging message sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the method further includes:
接收所述基站发送的携带有至少一个工作于非连续发送工作模式下的其 他基站的基站标识的消息,以根据所述消息选择避免驻留在所述消息中携带的 基站标识对应的基站下监听寻呼消息。  Receiving, by the base station, a message carrying at least one base station identifier of another base station operating in a discontinuous transmission mode of operation, to select to avoid listening to the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message according to the message selection Paging message.
本发明第三个方面, 提供一种上行数据发送方法, 包括:  A third aspect of the present invention provides an uplink data sending method, including:
监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后选择第二基站,或者监听到第一基站发 送的寻呼消息后获取触发信息 ,若所述触发信息为携带有第二基站标识的指示 信息, 则根据所述第二基站标识确定第二基站, 若所述触发信息为携带有条件 信息的触发信息, 则判断所述条件信息是否满足预设条件, 若所述条件信息满 足预设条件, 则选择第二基站; After the paging message sent by the first base station is monitored, the second base station is selected, or the paging message sent by the first base station is received, and the trigger information is obtained. If the trigger information is the indication information carrying the identifier of the second base station, Determining, by the second base station, the second base station, if the trigger information is trigger information carrying condition information, determining whether the condition information meets a preset condition, if the condition information is full Selecting a second base station;
向所述第二基站发送上行数据。  And transmitting uplink data to the second base station.
结合上行数据发送方法第三个方面,在第一种可能实现方式中, 若所述触 发信息为携带有条件信息的触发信息, 则判断所述条件信息是否满足预设条 件, 包括:  In conjunction with the third aspect of the uplink data transmission method, in the first possible implementation, if the trigger information is the trigger information carrying the condition information, determining whether the condition information meets the preset condition includes:
若所述条件信息为所述第一基站的负载,则判断所述第一基站的负载是否 大于预设负载阔值, 若所述第一基站的负载大于预设负载阔值, 则确定所述条 件信息满足预设条件;  If the condition information is the load of the first base station, determining whether the load of the first base station is greater than a preset load threshold, and if the load of the first base station is greater than a preset load threshold, determining the Condition information meets preset conditions;
若所述条件信息为所述寻呼消息中携带的业务类型,则判断所述业务类型 是否为突发业务类型, 若所述业务类型为突发业务类型, 则确定所述条件信息 满足预设条件。  If the condition information is a service type carried in the paging message, determining whether the service type is a burst service type, and if the service type is a burst service type, determining that the condition information meets a preset condition.
结合上行数据发送方法第三个方面或第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能 实现方式中, 所述选择第二基站, 向所述第二基站发送上行数据, 包括: 测量附近所有基站的信号质量;  In combination with the third aspect of the uplink data transmission method or the first possible implementation manner, in the second possible implementation manner, the selecting the second base station, and sending the uplink data to the second base station, includes: measuring all base stations in the vicinity Signal quality;
选择信号质量大于预设质量阔值的基站为所述第二基站,向所述第二基站 发送上行数据。  The base station that selects the signal quality greater than the preset quality threshold is the second base station, and sends uplink data to the second base station.
结合上行数据发送方法第三个方面、第一种或第二种可能实现方式,在第 三种可能实现方式中, 还包括:  In combination with the third aspect, the first or the second possible implementation manner of the uplink data sending method, in the third possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
接收所述第一基站发送的携带有用于发送所述上行数据的上行资源的信 息;  Receiving, by the first base station, information carrying an uplink resource used for sending the uplink data;
相应地, 所述向所述第二基站发送上行数据包括: 利用所述上行资源向所 述第二基站发送上行数据。  Correspondingly, the sending the uplink data to the second base station comprises: sending uplink data to the second base station by using the uplink resource.
结合上行数据发送方法第三种可能实现方式, 在第四种可能实现方式中, 所述上行数据为调度请求, 所述上行资源为发送调度请求的上行资源; 或者, 所述上行数据为随机接入扰码, 所述上行资源为发送随机接入扰码 的上行资源; According to a third possible implementation manner of the uplink data sending method, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the uplink data is a scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a scheduling request; or the uplink data is a random connection. In the scrambling code, the uplink resource is a random access scrambling code Uplink resources;
或者, 所述上行数据为发送底层连接建立的消息, 所述上行资源为发送 UL- grant的资源;  Or the uplink data is a message for sending an underlying connection, and the uplink resource is a resource for sending a UL-grant;
或者, 所述上行数据为半静态调度请求, 所述上行资源为发送半静态调度 请求的上行资源。  Or the uplink data is a semi-persistent scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a semi-persistent scheduling request.
本发明第四个方面, 提供一种接入方法, 包括:  According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, an access method is provided, including:
第一基站向第二基站发送携带有用户设备标识的获取请求,以使所述第二 基站根据所述获取请求, 为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上 行资源;  The first base station sends an acquisition request carrying the user equipment identifier to the second base station, so that the second base station configures the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource for the user equipment according to the obtaining request.
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站返回的携带有所述第二基站的基站标识, 以及所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或所述上行资源的获取响应, 并将所述获 取响应发送至所述用户设备,以使所述用户设备在监听到所述第一基站发送的 寻呼消息后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站 发送接入请求。  Receiving, by the first base station, the base station identifier that is carried by the second base station, and the acquisition of the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource, and sending the acquisition response The user equipment is configured to enable the user equipment to send an access request to the second base station by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station. .
结合接入方法的第四个方面,在第一种可能实现方式中, 所述第一基站向 第二基站发送携带有用户设备标识的获取请求之前, 还包括:  In conjunction with the fourth aspect of the access method, in a first possible implementation manner, before the sending, by the first base station, the acquiring request that carries the user equipment identifier to the second base station, the method further includes:
所述第一基站接收所述用户设备发送的接入请求信息和第二基站标识的 上报信息, 其中, 所述第二基站标识为所述用户设备监听到所述第一基站发送 的寻呼消息后选择的基站的标识;或者所述第二基站标识为所述第一基站接收 到所述用户设备发送的接入请求信息后指定所述用户设备接入基站的标识。  The first base station receives the access request information sent by the user equipment and the report information of the second base station identifier, where the second base station identifier is that the user equipment listens to the paging message sent by the first base station. And determining, by the second base station, an identifier of the user equipment to access the base station after the first base station receives the access request information sent by the user equipment.
本发明第五个方面, 提供一种接入方法, 包括:  A fifth aspect of the present invention provides an access method, including:
第二基站接收第一基站发送的携带有用户设备标识的获取请求; 所述第二基站为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资 源;  The second base station receives the acquisition request that is sent by the first base station and carries the user equipment identifier; the second base station configures the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource for the user equipment;
所述第二基站向所述第一基站返回携带有所述第二基站标识、小区无线网 络临时标识和 /或上行资源的获取响应, 以使所述第一基站将所述获取响应转 发至所述用户设备,使所述用户在监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后, 利 用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站发送接入请求。 Returning, by the second base station, the second base station identifier, the cell wireless network, to the first base station Obtaining a response of the temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource, so that the first base station forwards the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that after the user listens to the paging message sent by the first base station, And transmitting, by the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource, an access request to the second base station.
本发明第六个方面, 提供一种基站, 包括:  According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, a base station is provided, including:
第一发送模块,用于在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指 示信息指示的发送期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息;  a first sending module, configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during a transmission period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern;
第二发送模块, 用于向用户设备发送指示信息, 以使所述用户设备根据所 述监听指示信息, 确定监听位置, 并在所述监听位置处监听寻呼消息;  a second sending module, configured to send the indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines the listening position according to the monitoring indication information, and monitors the paging message at the listening position;
其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应 预设周期内的一预设发送期。  The sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period.
结合基站的第六个方面, 在第一种可能实现方式中, 所述第二发送模块, 具体用于当所述第一发送模块在非连续发送周期的激活期内向用户设备发送 寻呼消息时 ,向所述用户设备发送携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参 数的监听指示信息; 或者, 向所述用户设备发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发 送位置的监听指示信息; 或者, 向所述用户设备发送携带有非连续发送周期的 激活期信息并用于指示所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信 息, 其中, 所述指定子帧为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个 或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧;当所述第一发送模块在预设图样 的发送指示信息指示的发送期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息时,向所述用户设备 发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指示信息。  In conjunction with the sixth aspect of the base station, in a first possible implementation, the second sending module is specifically configured to: when the first sending module sends a paging message to the user equipment during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period And transmitting, to the user equipment, the interception indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter; or, sending, to the user equipment, the interception indication information that carries the sending location of the paging message; or And sending, to the user equipment, the activation period information that carries the non-continuous transmission period, and is used to indicate that the user equipment uses the specified subframe as the listening position, where the designated subframe is from the user equipment itself. Determining the subframe of the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period of the latest listening position; when the first sending module sends the paging message to the user equipment during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern And transmitting, to the user equipment, interception indication information carrying a transmission location that sends the paging message.
结合基站的第六个方面或第一种可能实现方式, 在第二种可能实现方式 中, 所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, 或者所述激活期包括: 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期和所述非连续发送周期的固定休眠期内设 定的强制激活期; 其中, 所述强制激活期小于或等于述固定休眠期;  In conjunction with the sixth aspect of the base station or the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner, the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, or the activation period includes: a fixed activation period of a continuous transmission period and a mandatory activation period set in a fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period; wherein the forced activation period is less than or equal to the fixed sleep period;
相应地, 所述第一发送模块, 包括: 第一获取单元,用于当在非连续发送周期的激活期内向用户设备发送寻呼 消息,且所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期时, 获取非连续发送 周期、 非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设 备的实际寻呼周期以及预配置寻呼参数; Correspondingly, the first sending module includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to: when a paging message is sent to the user equipment during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, acquiring a discontinuous transmission period, discontinuous a fixed activation period of the transmission period, a device identifier of the user equipment, an actual paging period of the user equipment, and pre-configured paging parameters;
确定单元, 用于根据所述非连续发送周期、所述非连续发送周期的固定激 活期、所述预配置寻呼参数、所述用户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的实际 寻呼周期,确定所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消息的 子帧的子帧号以及所述子帧所属的无线帧的帧号; 上, 向所述用户设备发送寻呼消息;  a determining unit, configured to use, according to the discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual paging period of the user equipment, Determining, in a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a subframe number of a subframe for transmitting the paging message and a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe belongs; sending a page to the user equipment Message
或者, 所述第一发送模块, 包括:  Or the first sending module includes:
第二发送单元,用于在所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期和所述非连续发 送周期的固定休眠期内设定的强制激活期内, 向所述用户设备发送寻呼消息; 或者, 所述第一发送模块, 包括:  a second sending unit, configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during a mandatory activation period set by the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period and the fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period; or The first sending module includes:
第三发送单元, 用于在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内, 向用户 设备发送寻呼消息。  And a third sending unit, configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during a sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern.
结合基站的第二种可能实现方式,在第三种可能实现方式中, 所述确定单 元具体用于根据所述用户设备的设备标识、所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期和所 述预配置寻呼参数, 采用如下第一公式计算帧号初值:  In combination with the second possible implementation manner of the base station, in a third possible implementation, the determining unit is specifically configured to: according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, and the pre-configuration For the call parameter, the initial value of the frame number is calculated by the following first formula:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )  SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE — ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, Τ为所述用户设备的实际 寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述用户设备的设备标识, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取值范围为 {4T, 2T, T, T/2 , T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32} , div表示取 商的整数运算, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值; 根据所 述帧号初值、所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、所述非连续发送周期和所述非连 续发送周期的固定激活期,采用预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值映射到所述非 连续发送周期的固定激活期内对应的帧号,该帧号即为所述基站用于发送所述 寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, Τ is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, and nB is the pre-configuration Paging parameters, the value range of the nB is {4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32}, div represents the integer operation of the quotient, mod represents The modulo operation, min(*, *) represents taking the minimum of the two numbers; according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, the discontinuous transmission period, and the discontinuous transmission period a fixed activation period, the initial value of the frame number is mapped to the non-prefix using a preset mapping rule A frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the continuous transmission period, where the frame number is a frame number of a radio frame to which the base station of the base station transmits the paging message belongs.
结合基站的第二种可能实现方式,在第四种可能实现方式中, 所述确定单 元具体用于根据所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非 连续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第六公式计算 第一索引值:  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the base station, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the determining unit is specifically configured to: according to an actual paging period of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, and the discontinuous transmission The period and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the first index value is calculated by using the following sixth formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值:  Alternatively, the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ2 / T χ(Τ/ Τ2)) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 / T χ(Τ/ Τ 2 ))
其中, Ns为所述第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取 值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16, Τ/32} , 为所述非连续发送周 期, Τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周 期, F(*)表示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (*, *)表示取两 数中大的值; 根据所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激 活期, 采用如下第八公式计算第二索引值: Ns is the first index value, nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, and the value range of the nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2, Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/ 16, Τ / 32}, for the discontinuous transmission period, Τ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, Τ is the actual paging period of the user equipment, and F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than or less than Or an integer that is closest to the specified expression *, max (*, *) represents a value that is the largest of the two numbers; according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging The parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the second index value is calculated by using the following eighth formula:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns  I_s=floor (UE—ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i— s为所述第二索引值, UE— ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值; 根据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值 和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。  Where N=min (T, nB), i_s is the second index value, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers; according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number And acquiring, by the first index value, a subframe number corresponding to the second index value.
结合基站的第一种至第四种中任意一种可能实现方式,在第五种可能实现 方式中, 所述发送模块, 还包括:  In combination with the possible implementation manners of any one of the first to the fourth of the base station, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the sending module further includes:
第二获取单元,用于获取所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏 移值; 修正单元, 用于根据所述起始时刻偏移值,修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的 子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 a second acquiring unit, configured to acquire a starting time offset value of a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period; And a correction unit, configured to modify, according to the start time offset value, a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used to send the paging message belongs
结合基站的第五种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中, 所述修正单 元具体用于: 根据所述起始时刻偏移值, 采用如下第九公式修正所述用于发送 寻呼消, I,的子帧所属无线帧的帧号:  In combination with the fifth possible implementation manner of the base station, in a sixth possible implementation, the modifying unit is specifically configured to: modify, according to the starting time offset value, the method for sending a paging by using a ninth formula The frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of I, I, belongs:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' xl0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )  SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' xl0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN,为所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0为所述用于发送 寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述起始时刻偏移值。  The SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs, and the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs, and P0 is used for the foregoing. The subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is sent, dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value.
结合基站的第六个方面, 在第七种可能实现方式中, 所述第三发送单元, 具体用于当所述发送指示信息为无线帧级别指示信息,则确定所述无线帧级别 指示信息指示的无线帧内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧,在所述子帧上向用户 设备发送所述寻呼消息, 当所述发送指示信息为子帧级别指示信息, 则在所述 子帧级别指示信息指示的子帧上向用户设备发送所述寻呼消息。  With reference to the sixth aspect of the base station, in a seventh possible implementation, the third sending unit is specifically configured to: when the sending indication information is radio frame level indication information, determine the radio frame level indication information indication a subframe for transmitting the paging message in the radio frame, sending the paging message to the user equipment on the subframe, and when the sending indication information is subframe level indication information, in the sub-frame The paging message is sent to the user equipment on the subframe indicated by the frame level indication information.
结合基站的第六个方面, 或第一种至第七种中任意一种可能实现方式, 在 第八种可能实现方式中, 还包括:  In combination with the sixth aspect of the base station, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
接收模块, 用于在所述第一发送模块向用户设备发送寻呼消息之后, 开启 上行定时器,以在上行定时器的开启时间至所述上行定时器设定时间内接收所 述用户设备发送的上行数据。  a receiving module, configured to: after the first sending module sends a paging message to the user equipment, enable an uplink timer, to send the user equipment to send the uplink timer to the uplink timer Upstream data.
结合基站的第八种可能实现方式,在第九种可能实现方式中, 所述第二发 送模块,还用于在所述接收模块接收到所述用户设备发送的上行数据之后, 开 启下行定时器,以在下行定时器的开启时间至所述下行定时器设定时间内向所 述用户设备返回所述上行数据相应的响应信息。  In combination with the eighth possible implementation manner of the base station, in the ninth possible implementation, the second sending module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the uplink data sent by the user equipment, enable the downlink timer And returning response information corresponding to the uplink data to the user equipment in a time set from a downlink timer to a downlink timer.
结合基站的第六个方面, 或第一种至第九种中任意一种可能实现方式, 在 第十种可能实现方式中, 所述第二发送模块,还用于向所述用户设备发送携带 有至少一个工作于非连续发送工作模式下基站的基站标识的消息,以使所述用 户设备避免驻留在所述消息中携带的基站标识对应的基站下监听寻呼消息。 本发明第七个方面, 提供一种用户设备, 包括: In combination with the sixth aspect of the base station, or any one of the first to the ninth possible implementation manners, in the tenth possible implementation manner, the second sending module is further configured to send the carrying to the user equipment Having at least one message for the base station identity of the base station operating in the discontinuous transmission mode of operation for use The user equipment avoids listening to the paging message under the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message. A seventh aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
接收模块, 用于接收基站发送的监听指示信息;  a receiving module, configured to receive monitoring indication information sent by the base station;
确定模块, 用于根据所述监听指示信息, 确定监听位置;  a determining module, configured to determine a listening position according to the monitoring indication information;
监听模块, 用于在所述监听位置处,监听所述基站在所述非连续发送周期 的激活期内或在所述预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送的寻呼消 息;  a monitoring module, configured to: at the listening position, listen to a paging message sent by the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or a transmission period indicated by a sending indication information of the preset pattern;
其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应 预设周期内的一预设发送期。  The sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period.
结合用户设备的第七个方面, 在第一种可能实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 包括:  With reference to the seventh aspect of the user equipment, in a first possible implementation, the determining module includes:
第一确定单元,用于当所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期参数及 预配置寻呼参数的监听指示信息时,根据所述非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻 呼参数, 确定监听位置;  a first determining unit, configured to determine, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, when the monitoring indication information is the monitoring indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, Location
第二确定单元,用于当所述监听指示信息为携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发 送位置的监听指示信息时, 确定所述发送位置为监听位置;  a second determining unit, configured to determine, when the interception indication information is the interception indication information that carries the sending location of the paging message, that the sending location is a listening location;
第三确定单元,用于当所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期的激活 期信息并用于指示所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息时, 确定所述指定子帧为监听位置, 其中, 所述指定子帧为距所述用户设备自身确 定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧时。  a third determining unit, configured to determine the specified subframe when the interception indication information is the activation period information carrying the discontinuous transmission period and is used to indicate that the user equipment uses the designated subframe as the monitoring position The monitoring position is where the designated subframe is a subframe of an activation period of a previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
结合用户设备的第一种可能实现方式, 在第二种可能实现方式中, 所述第 一确定单元, 包括:  In conjunction with the first possible implementation manner of the user equipment, in the second possible implementation manner, the first determining unit includes:
获取子单元, 用于获取用户设备的设备标识和实际寻呼周期;  Obtaining a subunit, configured to acquire a device identifier of the user equipment and an actual paging cycle;
确定子单元, 用于根据所述非连续发送周期参数、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述设备标识和所述实际寻呼周期,确定监听寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号以及所 述子帧所属的无线帧的帧号。 a determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, a subframe number of a subframe that listens for a paging message, and The frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe belongs.
结合用户设备的第二种可能实现方式, 在第三种可能实现方式中, 所述确 发送周期的激活期, 其中所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期时, 根据所述设备标识、所述实际寻呼周期和所述预配置寻呼参数, 采用如下第一 公式计算帧号初值:  In a third possible implementation manner of the user equipment, in a third possible implementation manner, the activation period of the transmission period is determined, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, according to the The device identifier, the actual paging cycle, and the pre-configured paging parameter are calculated by using the following first formula to calculate the initial value of the frame number:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )  SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE — ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, T为所述实际寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述设备标识, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2 , T/4, T/8 , T/16, T/32} , div表示取商的整数运算, mod 表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值; 根据所述帧号初值、 所述实 际寻呼周期、所述非连续发送周期和所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, 采用 预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值映射到所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内 对应的帧号, 该帧号即为监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。  Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, T is the actual paging cycle, UE_ID is the device identifier, and nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, The value range of nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32}, div represents the integer operation of the quotient, mod represents the modulo operation, min( *, *) indicates taking the minimum value of the two numbers; using a preset mapping according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period The rule maps the initial value of the frame number to a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the frame number is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe in which the paging message is monitored belongs.
结合用户设备的第二种可能实现方式, 在第四种可能实现方式中, 所述确 发送周期的激活期, 其中所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期时, 根据所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发送周期以及所述 非连续发送周期的固定激活期, 采用如下第六公式计算第一索引值:  According to a second possible implementation manner of the user equipment, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the activation period of the transmission period is determined, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, according to the The actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period are calculated by using the following sixth formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值:  Alternatively, the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ2 / T χ(Τ2 / Τ)) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 / T χ(Τ 2 / Τ))
其中, 所述 Ns为第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取 值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16, Τ/32} , 为所述非连续发送周 期, Τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述实际寻呼周期, F(*)表 示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (*, *)表示取两数中大的 值; 根据所述设备标识、 所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述非连 续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第八公式计算第 二索引值: The Ns is a first index value, nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, and the value range of the nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2, Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/ 16, Τ/32}, for the discontinuous transmission period, Τ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, Τ is the actual paging period, and F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than, less than, or closest to An integer specifying the expression *, max (*, *) indicates that the two are large And calculating, according to the device identifier, the actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, using the following eighth formula to calculate the second index value:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns  I_s=floor (UE—ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i— s为所述第二索引值, UE— ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值; 根据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值 和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。  Where N=min (T, nB), i_s is the second index value, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers; according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number And acquiring, by the first index value, a subframe number corresponding to the second index value.
结合用户设备的第二种至第四种中任意一种可能实现方式,在第五种可能 实现方式中, 所述第一确定单元还包括: 定激活期的起始时刻偏移值时,根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始 时刻偏移值, 修正监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。  In combination with the second to fourth possible implementation manners of the user equipment, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the first determining unit further includes: when the starting time offset value of the activation period is determined, according to And a start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and modifying a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the monitoring paging message belongs.
结合用户设备的第五种可能实现方式, 在第六种可能实现方式中, 所述修 正子单元, 具体用于根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移 值, 采用如下第九公式修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号: SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )  With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the user equipment, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the modifying subunit is specifically configured to use, according to the start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, The ninth formula corrects the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs: SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN,为 所述监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0 为所述监听寻呼消息的子帧 的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述非连续发送周期的激活期的起始时刻偏移值。  The SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the corrected paging message belongs, and the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs, and P0 is the interception paging message. The subframe number of the subframe, dtxStartOffset is the start time offset value of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
结合用户设备的第七个方面, 或第一种至第六种中任意一种可能实现方 式, 在第七种可能实现方式中, 所述接收模块, 还用于接收所述基站发送的携 带有至少一个工作于非连续发送工作模式下的其他基站的基站标识的消息,以 根据所述消息选择避免驻留在所述消息中携带的基站标识对应的基站下监听 寻呼消息。 本发明第八个方面, 提供一种通信系统, 包括基站和用户设备, 其中, 所 述基站用于在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示 的发送期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息; 向用户设备发送监听指示信息, 以使 所述用户设备根据所述监听指示信息,确定监听位置, 并在所述监听位置处监 听寻呼消息; 其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个, 每个发送指示 信息对应预设周期内的一预设发送期。所述用户设备用于接收基站发送的监听 指示信息; 根据所述监听指示信息, 确定监听位置; 在所述监听位置处, 监听 所述基站在所述非连续发送周期的激活期内或在所述预设图样的发送指示信 息指示的发送期内发送的寻呼消息; 其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至 少一个, 每个发送指示信息对应预设周期内的一预设发送期。 In combination with the seventh aspect of the user equipment, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation manner, the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the base station, At least one message of the base station identifier of the other base station operating in the non-continuous transmission mode of operation, in order to avoid listening to the paging message under the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message according to the message selection. An eighth aspect of the present invention provides a communication system, including a base station and a user equipment, where the base station is configured to be in an activation period of a discontinuous transmission period or in a transmission period indicated by a transmission indication information of a preset pattern. Sending a paging message to the user equipment; sending the monitoring indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines the listening position according to the monitoring indication information, and monitors the paging message at the listening position; The sending indication information of the pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period. The user equipment is configured to receive the interception indication information sent by the base station; determine, according to the interception indication information, a listening position; and, at the listening position, monitor the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or The paging message sent in the sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern; wherein, the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period .
本发明第九个方面, 提供一种用户设备, 包括:  According to a ninth aspect of the present invention, a user equipment is provided, including:
选择或确定模块, 用于监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后选择第二基站; 或者监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后获取触发信息,若所述触发信息为携带 有第二基站标识的指示信息, 则根据所述第二基站标识确定第二基站, 若所述 触发信息为携带有条件信息的触发信息,则判断所述条件信息是否满足预设条 件, 若所述条件信息满足预设条件, 则选择第二基站;  The selecting or determining module is configured to: after receiving the paging message sent by the first base station, select the second base station; or after receiving the paging message sent by the first base station, acquiring the triggering information, if the triggering information is carrying the second base station And determining, by the second base station identifier, the second base station, if the trigger information is trigger information carrying the condition information, determining whether the condition information meets a preset condition, if the condition information is met. Presetting conditions, then selecting the second base station;
发送模块, 用于向所述第二基站发送上行数据。  And a sending module, configured to send uplink data to the second base station.
结合用户设备第九个方面,在第一种可能实现方式中, 所述选择或确定模 块具体用于当所述条件信息为所述第一基站的负载时,判断所述第一基站的负 载是否大于预设负载阔值,当所述第一基站的负载大于预设负载阔值时确定所 述条件信息满足预设条件;当所述条件信息为所述寻呼消息中携带的业务类型 时, 判断所述业务类型是否为突发业务类型, 当所述业务类型为突发业务类型 时确定所述条件信息满足预设条件。  With reference to the ninth aspect of the user equipment, in a first possible implementation, the selecting or determining module is specifically configured to determine, when the condition information is a load of the first base station, whether the load of the first base station is When the load of the first base station is greater than the preset load threshold, the condition information is determined to meet the preset condition; when the condition information is the service type carried in the paging message, Determining whether the service type is a burst service type, and determining that the condition information meets a preset condition when the service type is a burst service type.
结合用户设备第九个方面或第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能实现方式 中, 所述选择或确定模块具体用于测量附近所有基站的信号质量; 选择信号质 量大于预设质量阔值的基站为所述第二基站。 In combination with the ninth aspect of the user equipment or the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner, the selecting or determining module is specifically configured to measure signal quality of all base stations in the vicinity; The base station whose amount is greater than the preset mass threshold is the second base station.
结合用户设备第九个方面、 第一种可能实现方式或第二种可能实现方式, 在第三种可能实现方式中, 还包括:  In combination with the ninth aspect of the user equipment, the first possible implementation manner, or the second possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
接收模块,用于接收所述第一基站发送的携带有用于发送所述上行数据的 上行资源的信息;  a receiving module, configured to receive, by the first base station, information that carries an uplink resource for sending the uplink data;
相应地, 所述发送模块, 具体用于利用所述上行资源向所述第二基站发送 上行数据。  Correspondingly, the sending module is specifically configured to send uplink data to the second base station by using the uplink resource.
本发明第十个方面, 提供一种通信系统, 包括: 第一基站、 第二基站和用 户设备, 其中, 所述用户设备用于监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后获取触发 信息, 当所述触发信息为携带有第二基站标识的指示信息时,根据所述第二基 站标识确定第二基站, 当所述触发信息为携带有条件信息的触发信息时, 判断 所述条件信息是否满足预设条件, 若所述条件信息满足预设条件, 则选择第二 基站; 发送模块, 用于向所述第二基站发送上行数据。  A tenth aspect of the present invention provides a communication system, including: a first base station, a second base station, and a user equipment, where the user equipment is configured to acquire a trigger message after receiving a paging message sent by the first base station, when When the trigger information is the indication information carrying the identifier of the second base station, the second base station is determined according to the identifier of the second base station, and when the trigger information is the trigger information carrying the condition information, it is determined whether the condition information is satisfied. a preset condition, if the condition information meets a preset condition, selecting a second base station; and sending, by the sending module, the uplink data to the second base station.
本发明第十一个方面, 提供一种基站, 包括:  According to an eleventh aspect of the present invention, a base station is provided, including:
发送模块, 用于向第二基站发送携带有用户设备标识的获取请求, 以使所 述第二基站根据所述获取请求,为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源;  a sending module, configured to send, to the second base station, an acquisition request that carries the user equipment identifier, so that the second base station configures a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource for the user equipment according to the acquiring request;
接收模块, 用于接收所述第二基站返回的携带有所述第二基站的基站标 识, 以及所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或所述上行资源的获取响应;  a receiving module, configured to receive, by the second base station, a base station identifier that carries the second base station, and a temporary response of the cell wireless network and/or an acquisition response of the uplink resource;
转发模块, 用于将所述获取响应发送至所述用户设备, 以使所述用户设备 在监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后,利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站发送接入请求。  a forwarding module, configured to send the obtaining response to the user equipment, to enable the user equipment to use the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or uplink after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station The resource sends an access request to the second base station.
结合基站第十一个方面, 在第一种可能实现方式中, 所述接收模块, 还用 于接收所述用户设备发送的接入请求信息和第二基站标识的上报信息, 其中, 所述第二基站标识为所述用户设备监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后选 择的基站的标识;或者所述第二基站标识为所述第一基站接收到所述用户设备 发送的接入请求信息后指定所述用户设备接入基站的标识。 With reference to the eleventh aspect of the base station, in a first possible implementation, the receiving module is further configured to receive the access request information sent by the user equipment and the report information of the second base station identifier, where The second base station identifier is selected after the user equipment listens to the paging message sent by the first base station The identifier of the selected base station; or the second base station identifier is an identifier of the user equipment to access the base station after the first base station receives the access request information sent by the user equipment.
本发明第十二个方面, 提供一种基站, 包括:  According to a twelfth aspect of the present invention, a base station is provided, including:
接收模块, 用于接收第一基站发送的携带有用户设备标识的获取请求; 配置模块, 用于为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资 源;  a receiving module, configured to receive an acquisition request that is sent by the first base station and that carries the user equipment identifier, and a configuration module, configured to configure a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource for the user equipment;
反馈模块, 用于向所述第一基站返回携带有所述第二基站标识, 以及小区 无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源的获取响应, 以使所述第一基站将所述获取 响应转发至所述用户设备,使所述用户在监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息 后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站发送接入 请求。  a feedback module, configured to return, to the first base station, an acquisition response that carries the second base station identifier, and a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource, so that the first base station forwards the acquisition response to The user equipment, after the user listens to the paging message sent by the first base station, sends an access request to the second base station by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource.
本发明第十三个方面, 提供一种通信系统, 包括: 第一基站、 第二基站和 用户设备, 其中, 所述第一基站用于向所述第二基站发送携带有用户设备标识 的获取请求, 以使所述第二基站根据所述获取请求, 为所述用户设备配置小区 无线网络临时标识和上行资源;接收所述第二基站返回的携带有所述第二基站 的基站标识, 以及所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或所述上行资源的获取响应, 并将所述获取响应发送至所述用户设备,以使所述用户设备在监听到所述第一 基站发送的寻呼消息后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所 述第二基站发送接入请求。所述第二基站用于接收第一基站发送的携带有用户 设备标识的获取请求, 为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和上行资 源, 向所述第一基站返回携带有所述第二基站标识, 以及小区无线网络临时标 识和 /或上行资源的获取响应, 以使所述第一基站将所述获取响应转发至所述 用户设备,使所述用户在监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后, 利用所述小 区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站发送接入请求。  A thirteenth aspect of the present invention provides a communication system, including: a first base station, a second base station, and a user equipment, where the first base station is configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier that carries a user equipment identifier. a request, so that the second base station configures a cell radio network temporary identifier and an uplink resource for the user equipment according to the acquiring request, and receives a base station identifier that is returned by the second base station and carries the second base station, and Sending the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource acquisition response, and sending the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that the user equipment is listening to the paging message sent by the first base station Then, the access request is sent to the second base station by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource. The second base station is configured to receive an acquisition request that is sent by the first base station and that carries the user equipment identifier, configure a cell radio network temporary identifier and an uplink resource for the user equipment, and return to the first base station to carry the second a base station identifier, and a cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource acquisition response, so that the first base station forwards the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that the user listens to the first base station to send After the paging message, the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or uplink resource is used to send an access request to the second base station.
由上述技术方案可知, 本发明一个方面的有益效果是: 本发明实施例中基 站仅在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送 期内发送寻呼消息,在非连续发送周期的非激活期内或在预设图样的预设周期 的除发送指示信息指示的发送期以外的时间内基站均处于休眠状态。基于本发 明实施例提供的技术方案,一方面基站将要发送的寻呼消息均控制在非连续发 送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送,进而可 以充分地利用发送时段内的时间资源 ,避免现有技术中仅利用寻呼周期的无线 帧中的有限的几个特定子帧而造成的时间资源浪费;另一方面基站在非连续发 送周期的非激活期内或在预设图样的预设周期的除发送指示信息指示的发送 期以外的时间内有了休眠期, 降低了基站的能耗。 It can be seen from the above technical solutions that the beneficial effects of one aspect of the present invention are: The station sends the paging message only during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, during the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset period of the preset pattern. The base station is in a sleep state except for the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information. According to the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, on the one hand, the paging message to be sent by the base station is controlled during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, so that the paging message can be sufficiently Using the time resource in the transmission period, the time resource waste caused by the limited specific subframes in the radio frame using only the paging cycle in the prior art is avoided; on the other hand, the base station is in the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period. The sleep period is reduced within a time period other than the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information within the preset period of the preset pattern, thereby reducing the power consumption of the base station.
本发明另一方面的有益效果是:本发明实施例用户设备在监听到第一基站 发送的寻呼消息后, 直接选择向第二基站发送上行数据, 或在触发信息指示的 情况下向第二基站发送上行数据,或在触发信息携带的条件信息满足预设条件 时选择向第二基站发送上行数据, 由第二基站为用户设备提供相应的服务, 可 有效均衡各基站之间的负载, 避免基站负载过重影响通信。  In another aspect of the present invention, the user equipment directly selects to send uplink data to the second base station after receiving the paging message sent by the first base station, or to the second in the case of the trigger information indication. The base station sends the uplink data, or selects to send the uplink data to the second base station when the condition information carried by the trigger information meets the preset condition, and the second base station provides the corresponding service for the user equipment, which can effectively balance the load between the base stations, and avoid Excessive load on the base station affects communication.
本发明又一方面的有益效果是:本发明实施例第一基站通过与第二基站之 间的通信交互以获得第二基站为用户设备配置的小区无线网络临时标识和 /或 上行资源, 并将所述小区无线网络临时标识和上行资源转发给用户设备, 以使 用户设备根据所述上行资源向第二基站发送接入请求,以便与所述第二基站建 立连接。 采用本实施例所述的方法, 可以有效地加快用户设备接入第二基站的 速度。 附图说明  A further aspect of the present invention is that the first base station in the embodiment of the present invention obtains a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment by using communication interaction with the second base station, and The cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource are forwarded to the user equipment, so that the user equipment sends an access request to the second base station according to the uplink resource, so as to establish a connection with the second base station. With the method described in this embodiment, the speed at which the user equipment accesses the second base station can be effectively accelerated. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施 例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描 述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出 创造性劳动性的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。 图 1为现有异构网络的简易结构示意图; In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the prior art, the drawings used in the embodiments or the description of the prior art will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description It is a certain embodiment of the present invention, and other drawings can be obtained from those skilled in the art without any inventive labor. 1 is a schematic diagram of a simple structure of an existing heterogeneous network;
图 2为现有无线帧及子帧的原理示意图;  2 is a schematic diagram of the principle of a conventional radio frame and a subframe;
图 3为本发明实施例一提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图;  3 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention;
图 4a为本发明实施例中所述的非连续发送周期的原理示意图;  4a is a schematic diagram of a principle of a discontinuous transmission period according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 4b为本发明实施例中所述的非连续发送周期的固定激活期内设定有强 制激活期的原理示意图;  4b is a schematic diagram showing the principle of setting a forced activation period during a fixed activation period of a discontinuous transmission period according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 5为本发明实施例二提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图;  FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention;
图 6为本发明实施例三提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图;  6 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention;
图 7为本发明实施例四提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图;  7 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention;
图 8为本发明实施例五提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图;  8 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention;
图 9为本发明实施例六提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图; 图 11为本发明实施例八提供的上行数据发送方法的流程示意图; 图 12为本发明实施例九提供的接入方法的流程示意图;  FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention; FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of an uplink data sending method according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention; FIG. 12 is a flowchart of an access method according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention; Schematic diagram
图 13为本发明实施例十提供的接入方法的流程示意图;  FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart diagram of an access method according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention;
图 14为本发明实施例十一提供的基站的结构示意图;  14 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention;
图 15为本发明实施例十二提供的基站的结构示意图;  15 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 12 of the present invention;
图 16为本发明实施例十三提供的用户设备的结构示意图;  16 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention;
图 17为本发明实施例十四提供的通信系统的原理示意图;  17 is a schematic diagram of a principle of a communication system according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention;
图 18为本发明实施例十五提供的用户设备的结构示意图;  FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention;
图 19为本发明实施例十六提供的通信系统的原理示意图;  19 is a schematic diagram of a principle of a communication system according to Embodiment 16 of the present invention;
图 20为本发明实施例十七提供的基站的结构示意图;  20 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 17 of the present invention;
图 21为本发明实施例十八提供的基站的结构示意图;  21 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 18 of the present invention;
图 22为本发明实施例十九提供的通信系统的结构示意图。 具体实施方式 FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to Embodiment 19 of the present invention. detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合本发明 实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中 的实施例 ,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其 他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。  The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
如图 3所示,本发明实施例一提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图。如图 3所示, 本发明实施例一所述寻呼方法, 包括:  FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a paging method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the paging method according to the first embodiment of the present invention includes:
步骤 101、 在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指 示的发送期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息。  Step 101: Send a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern.
其中, 基站工作在非连续发送模式下, 即根据非连续发送周期, 在周期内 部分时间段内向用户设备发送寻呼消息, 在剩余部分时间段内处于休眠状态, 即不向用户设备发送寻呼消息。 其中, 所述基站发送寻呼消息的部分时间段可 称为激活期, 所述使基站处于休眠状态的时间段可称为休眠期。 例如, 基站根 据所述非连续发送周期,在所述激活期内开启用于向用户设备发送寻呼消息的 下行收发信机, 以在该激活期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息,在所述休眠期内关 闭用于向用户设备发送寻呼消息的下行收发信机,以使基站在休眠期内停止向 用户设备发送寻呼消息。 具体地, 非连续发送 ( Discontinuous Transmission, 简称 DXT )周期在现有技术中通常定义的是包括两部分时间段, 前连续时间 段构成固定激活期 4 (亦或称 Active Mode ) , 后连续时间段构成固定休眠期 5 (亦或称 Opportunity DXT ), 如图 4a所示。 但在实际应用中, 为了特殊需要 现有技术中定义的后连续时间段内也可强制设定一段时间为强制激活期 6, 如 图 4b所示, 以使基站在处于休眠期间的这段时间内开启下行收发信机, 以向 用户设备发送寻呼消息。 由此, 如图 4a所示, 所述非连续发送周期的激活期 可以为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期 4。 或者, 如图 4b所示, 所述非连 续发送周期的激活期包括:所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期 4和所述非连续 发送周期的固定休眠期 5内设定的强制激活期 6。 其中, 所述强制激活期 6小 于或等于所述固定休眠期 5。 这里需要说明的是: 所述强制激活期的设定并不 是固定的, 在当前周期内, 有可能所述强制激活期等于所述固定休眠期, 但在 下一个周期内, 所述强制激活期可能小于所述固定休眠期。该非连续发送周期 的激活期可小于现有技术中所述的寻呼周期,即基站向其跟踪区域内的所有用 户设备发送一次寻呼消息的时间。 The base station works in the discontinuous transmission mode, that is, according to the discontinuous transmission period, the paging message is sent to the user equipment in a part of the period, and is in a dormant state in the remaining part of the period, that is, the paging is not sent to the user equipment. Message. The part of the time period in which the base station sends the paging message may be referred to as an activation period, and the period in which the base station is in the dormant state may be referred to as a sleep period. For example, the base station turns on a downlink transceiver for sending a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period according to the discontinuous transmission period, to send a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period. The downlink transceiver for transmitting the paging message to the user equipment is turned off during the period, so that the base station stops sending the paging message to the user equipment during the sleep period. Specifically, the discontinuous transmission (DXT) period is generally defined in the prior art to include a two-part time period, and the previous continuous time period constitutes a fixed activation period 4 (also referred to as Active Mode), and the continuous continuous period Form a fixed dormancy period 5 (also known as Opportunity DXT), as shown in Figure 4a. However, in practical applications, for a special need, the forced continuous activation period 6 may be forcibly set for a period of time after the continuous continuous period defined in the prior art, as shown in FIG. 4b, so that the base station is in a period of being in a sleep period. The downlink transceiver is turned on to send a paging message to the user equipment. Thus, as shown in FIG. 4a, the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period may be a fixed activation period 4 of the discontinuous transmission period. Or, as shown in FIG. 4b, the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period includes: a fixed activation period 4 of the discontinuous transmission period and the discontinuity The forced activation period of 6 is set within the fixed sleep period of the transmission cycle. The forced activation period 6 is less than or equal to the fixed sleep period 5. It should be noted that the setting of the forced activation period is not fixed. In the current period, it is possible that the forced activation period is equal to the fixed sleep period, but in the next period, the forced activation period may be Less than the fixed sleep period. The activation period of the discontinuous transmission period may be smaller than the paging period described in the prior art, that is, the time when the base station sends a paging message to all user equipments in its tracking area.
所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应预设周 期内的一预设发送期。具体地, 所述预设图样可表征为一串字符串或其他标识 符号组成的符号串。 例如, 用字符 1表征发送指示信息, 字符 0为休眠指示信 息。 预设图样可表征为: 0100001000的字符串。 假设预设周期为 10ms, 则所 述预设图样中每个字符所标识的时段为 lms。 标识为 1的位置, 即为发送指示 信息, 表明在该发送指示信息指示的发送期内, 即 1ms 内, 基站可发送寻呼 消息。 标识为 0的位置, 即为休眠指示信息, 表明在该休眠指示信息指示的休 眠期内基站处于休眠状态。 实际上, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息可以是无线 帧级别指示信息,例如上述例举出的预设图样表征的字符串中字符 1对应的是 无线帧级别指示信息, 该无线帧级别指示信息对应预设周期内的一个无线帧, 基站可在该无线帧内向用户设备发送寻呼消息。或者, 所述预设图样的发送指 示信息可以是子帧级别指示信息,例如上述例举出的预设图样表征的字符串中 字符 1对应的是子帧级别指示信息,该子帧级别指示信息对应预设周期内的一 个子帧, 基站可在该子帧上向用户设备发送寻呼消息。  The sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period of a preset period. Specifically, the preset pattern may be characterized as a string of strings or other symbol strings. For example, character 1 is used to characterize the transmission indication information, and character 0 is the sleep indication information. The preset pattern can be characterized as: 0100001000 string. Assuming that the preset period is 10 ms, the period indicated by each character in the preset pattern is lms. The location marked with 1 is the transmission indication information, indicating that the base station can send a paging message within the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information, that is, within 1 ms. The location marked as 0, that is, the sleep indication information, indicates that the base station is in a sleep state during the sleep period indicated by the sleep indication information. In fact, the sending indication information of the preset pattern may be the radio frame level indication information. For example, the character 1 in the character string represented by the preset pattern as described above corresponds to the radio frame level indication information, and the radio frame level indication The information corresponds to a radio frame in a preset period, and the base station can send a paging message to the user equipment in the radio frame. Or the sending indication information of the preset pattern may be the subframe level indication information, for example, the character 1 in the character string represented by the preset pattern, which is exemplified in the foregoing, is the subframe level indication information, and the subframe level indication information is Corresponding to one subframe in the preset period, the base station may send a paging message to the user equipment on the subframe.
步骤 102、 向用户设备发送监听指示信息, 以使所述用户设备根据所述监 听指示信息, 确定监听位置, 并在所述监听位置处监听寻呼消息。  Step 102: Send monitoring indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines the listening position according to the monitoring indication information, and monitors the paging message at the listening position.
具体地, 若在非连续发送周期的激活期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息, 则向 所述用户设备发送携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数的监听指示 信息; 或者, 向所述用户设备发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听 指示信息; 或者, 向所述用户设备发送携带有非连续发送周期的激活期信息并 用于指示所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息, 其中, 所述 指定子帧为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连 续发送周期的激活期内的子帧。 Specifically, if the paging message is sent to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the monitoring indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter is sent to the user equipment; or, The user equipment sends a interception carrying a sending location that sends the paging message And indicating, to the user equipment, the activation period information that carries the non-continuous transmission period, and is used to instruct the user equipment to use the specified subframe as the listening position, where the designated subframe is a distance The subframe in the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period of the latest listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
进一步地,所述指定子帧还可以为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最 近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的与所述用户设备自身确定 的监听位置相同子帧号的子帧。或者所述指定子帧还可以为距所述用户设备自 身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的与所 述用户设备自身确定的监听位置子帧号相隔约定子帧个数的子帧。其中, 所述 用户设备自身确定的监听位置,可以为所述用于设备基于系统消息广播或者专 用信令发送的基站处于不是非连续发送周期状态的寻呼位置配置信息获得的 监听位置, 或者为所述用户设备采用现有技术中 PF和 PO位置确定规则确定 出来的, 具体见背景技术, 此处不再赘述。  Further, the designated subframe may also be the same subframe as the listening position determined by the user equipment itself during the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself. The sub-frame of the number. Or the specified subframe may further be separated from the monitoring location subframe number determined by the user equipment itself during an activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself. The subframe of the number of subframes. The listening position determined by the user equipment itself may be a listening position obtained by the base station that is used by the base station according to system message broadcast or dedicated signaling, and is in a paging position configuration information that is not a discontinuous transmission period state, or The user equipment is determined by using the PF and PO location determination rules in the prior art. For details, refer to the background art, and details are not described herein again.
若在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息, 则向所述用户设备发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指示信息。 其中, 上述内容中所述的寻呼消息的发送位置包括: 用于发送所述寻呼消息的 子帧所属无线帧的帧号和 /或所述子帧的子帧号。  If the paging message is sent to the user equipment during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, the monitoring indication information carrying the transmission location of the paging message is sent to the user equipment. The sending location of the paging message in the foregoing content includes: a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs and/or a subframe number of the subframe.
本实施例中基站仅在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指 示信息指示的发送期内发送寻呼消息,在非连续发送周期的非激活期内或在预 设图样的预设周期的除发送指示信息指示的发送期以外的时间内基站均处于 休眠状态。基于本实施例提供的寻呼方法, 一方面基站将要发送的寻呼消息均 控制在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送 期内发送, 进而可以充分地利用发送时段内的时间资源,避免现有技术中仅利 面基站在非连续发送周期的非激活期内或在预设图样的预设周期的除发送指 示信息指示的发送期以外的时间内有了休眠期, 降低了基站的能耗。 如图 5所示,本发明实施例二提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图。如图 5所示, 本实施例二为基站在非连续发送周期的固定激活期内向用户设备发送寻呼消 息的寻呼方法, 包括: In this embodiment, the base station sends a paging message only during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, during the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset pattern. The base station is in a sleep state for a period of time other than the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information in the preset period. Based on the paging method provided in this embodiment, on the one hand, the paging message to be sent by the base station is controlled to be sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, and thus may be sufficiently Using the time resource in the transmission period, the prior art only avoids the sending finger in the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset period of the preset pattern. The sleep period is exceeded in the time other than the transmission period indicated by the indication information, which reduces the energy consumption of the base station. As shown in FIG. 5, a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention is shown. As shown in FIG. 5, the second embodiment is a paging method for a base station to send a paging message to a user equipment during a fixed activation period of a discontinuous transmission period, including:
步骤 201、 基站获取非连续发送周期、 非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所 述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期以及预配置寻呼参数。  Step 201: The base station acquires a discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a device identifier of the user equipment, an actual paging period of the user equipment, and a pre-configured paging parameter.
步骤 202、 所述基站根据所述非连续发送周期、 所述非连续发送周期的固 定激活期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述用户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的 实际寻呼周期,确定所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消 息的子帧的子帧号以及所述子帧所属的无线帧的帧号。  Step 202: The base station according to the discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual paging period of the user equipment. And determining, in a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a subframe number of a subframe used to send the paging message, and a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe belongs.
具体地, 首先, 所述基站根据所述非连续发送周期、 所述非连续发送周期 的固定激活期、所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述用户设备的设备标识和所述用户设 备的实际寻呼周期,确定所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻 呼消息的子帧所属的无线帧的帧号。  Specifically, first, the base station is configured according to the discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual homing of the user equipment. And a call period, determining a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs within a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
所述帧号的确定过程如下:  The process of determining the frame number is as follows:
步骤 Sl、 根据所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期 和所述预配置寻呼参数, 采用如下第一公式计算帧号初值:  Step S1: Calculate an initial value of the frame number by using the following first formula according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, and the pre-configured paging parameter:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )  SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE — ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, Τ为所述用户设备的实际 寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述用户设备的设备标识,ηΒ为所述预配置寻呼参数, div 表示取商的整数运算, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值。 所述 nB通常的取值范围为 {4T, 2Τ, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/16, Τ/32} , 该取 值范围仅是举例, 本发明实施例不仅限于此, 所述 nB还可取其他值。 所述用 户设备的实际寻呼周期可以为所述用户设备工作在非连续发送模式下的非连 续发送周期。  Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, Τ is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, and ηΒ is the pre-configuration Paging parameters, div represents the integer operation of the quotient, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the minimum of the two numbers. The value range of the nB is usually {4T, 2Τ, Τ, Τ/2, Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/16, Τ/32}, and the value range is only an example, and the embodiment of the present invention is not only Limited to this, the nB may take other values. The actual paging cycle of the user equipment may be a non-contiguous transmission period in which the user equipment operates in a discontinuous transmission mode.
步骤 S2、 所述基站根据所述帧号初值、 所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、 所述非连续发送周期和所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用预设的映射规 则将所述帧号初值映射到所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内对应的帧号,该 帧号即为所述基站用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 Step S2, the base station according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, And the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period and the discontinuous transmission period, where the initial value of the frame number is mapped to a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period by using a preset mapping rule, where The frame number is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send the paging message belongs.
其中, 所述预设的映射规则可具体为如下第二公式:  The preset mapping rule may be specifically the following second formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2+( SFN mod T ) mod Tj SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 +( SFN mod T ) mod Tj
其中,所述 SFN'为所述基站用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN为所述帧号初值, Ί\为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, T2为所述非 连续发送周期, Τ为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者 等于指定表达式 *的最大整数; 所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期可以为所述用户 设备工作在非连续发送模式下的非连续发送周期。 The SFN′ is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send a paging message belongs, SFN is an initial value of the frame number, and Ί\ is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, T 2 is the discontinuous transmission period, where Τ is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, and floor (*) indicates that the maximum integer is less than or equal to the specified expression*; the actual paging cycle of the user equipment may be The discontinuous transmission period in which the user equipment operates in the discontinuous transmission mode.
或者, 所述预设的映射规则可具体为如下第三公式:  Alternatively, the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following third formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ) SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) )
其中, F(*)表示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数;  Where F(*) represents an integer greater than, less than, or closest to the specified expression *;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则可具体为如下第四公式:  Alternatively, the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following fourth formula:
SFN' = floor ( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floorSFN' = floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor
( T/ T2 ) ) ) ; ( T / T 2 ) ) ) ;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则可具体为如下第五公式:  Alternatively, the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following fifth formula:
SFN' mod T2 = floor( ( ΊΧΙ Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) ) SFN' mod T 2 = floor( ( Ί Χ Ι Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) )
其中, N,=T或 Τ2Where N, =T or Τ 2 .
进一步地,上述实施例列举出的多个映射规则的具体实现公式的计算起始 点均是在 SFN=0的位置开始的, 而在实际应用中所述非连续发送周期的激活 期的起始点有可能不在 SFN=0的位置, 此时就存在一个偏移值, 该偏移值在 基站配置为非连续发送工作模式时即已确定并存储。 因此, 当所述基站确定出 存在偏移值时, 所述基站需采用如下修正方法,对上述实施例中各映射规则公 式进行修正。 具体地, 修正过程如下:  Further, the calculation starting point of the specific implementation formula of the multiple mapping rules enumerated in the foregoing embodiment starts at the position of SFN=0, and in the actual application, the starting point of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period has It may not be at the position of SFN=0, and there is an offset value that is determined and stored when the base station is configured for the discontinuous transmission mode of operation. Therefore, when the base station determines that there is an offset value, the base station needs to modify the mapping rule formulas in the foregoing embodiment by using the following modification method. Specifically, the correction process is as follows:
步骤 S3、所述基站获取所述非连续发送周期的激活期的起始时刻偏移值。 步骤 S4、 所述基站根据所述起始时刻偏移值, 修正所述用于发送寻呼消 息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 Step S3: The base station acquires a start time offset value of an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. Step S4: The base station corrects a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the start time offset value.
具体地, 所述基站根据所述起始时刻偏移值, 采用如下第九公式修正所述 用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号:  Specifically, the base station, according to the starting time offset value, corrects a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the following ninth formula:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )  SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN,为所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0为所述用于发送 寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述起始时刻偏移值。  The SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs, and the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs, and P0 is used for the foregoing. The subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is sent, dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value.
然后, 所述基站根据所述非连续发送周期、所述非连续发送周期的固定激 活期、所述预配置寻呼参数、所述用户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的实际 寻呼周期,确定所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消息的 子帧的子帧号。  Then, the base station is configured according to the discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual paging period of the user equipment, Determining a subframe number of a subframe for transmitting the paging message during a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
所述子帧号的确定过程如下:  The process of determining the subframe number is as follows:
步骤 S5、 根据所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所 述非连续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第六公式 计算第一索引值:  Step S5: Calculate the first index value according to the sixth formula according to the actual paging period of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. :
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值:  Alternatively, the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ2 / T χ(Τ/ Τ2)) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 / T χ(Τ/ Τ 2 ))
其中, Ns为所述第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 1\为所述非 连续发送周期, T2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述用户设备的 实际寻呼周期, F(*)表示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (*, *)表示取两数中大的值。 所述 nB通常的取值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32} , 该取值范围仅是举例, 本发明实施例不仅限于此, 所述 nB 还可取其他值。所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期可以为所述用户设备工作在非连 续发送模式下的非连续发送周期。 步骤 S6、 所述基站根据所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设备的实际 寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述非连续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周 期的固定激活期, 采用如下第八公式计算第二索引值: Ns is the first index value, nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, 1\ is the discontinuous transmission period, T 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and Τ is the user. The actual paging cycle of the device, F(*) means taking an integer greater than, less than or closest to the specified expression *, max (*, *) means taking the larger of the two numbers. The value range of the nB is usually {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32}, and the value range is only an example, and the embodiment of the present invention is not only Limited to this, the nB may take other values. The actual paging cycle of the user equipment may be a discontinuous transmission period in which the user equipment operates in a discontinuous transmission mode. Step S6: The base station performs a fixed activation period according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the discontinuous transmission period. , using the following eighth formula to calculate the second index value:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns  I_s=floor (UE—ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i— s为所述第二索引值, UE— ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值;  Where N=min (T, nB), i_s is the second index value, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers;
步骤 S7、 所述基站根据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。  Step S7: The base station acquires the subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number.
具体地, 所述基站预存储有所述第一索引值、第二索引值与子帧号的对应 关系。这里需要说明的是: 本发明实施例将所述基站在一个寻呼周期内发送的 所有寻呼消息都控制在小于所述寻呼周期的非连续发送周期的固定激活期内 发送, 致使所述基站需在一个无线帧中的更多子帧上发送寻呼消息, 因此, 本 实施例中所述的第一索引值、第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系不同于现有技术 中的对应关系,可根据实际的需求建立更多的子帧号在对应关系列表中。例如: 可将现有技术的子帧配置表中的子帧号由原来的 0、 4、 5和 9扩展到 0、 4、 5、 9、 6、 7、 8和 2。  Specifically, the base station pre-stores a correspondence between the first index value, the second index value, and the subframe number. It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present invention, all paging messages sent by the base station in one paging cycle are controlled to be sent within a fixed activation period of a discontinuous transmission period that is less than the paging cycle, so that the The base station needs to send a paging message on more subframes in a radio frame. Therefore, the correspondence between the first index value, the second index value, and the subframe number in the embodiment is different from that in the prior art. Corresponding relationship, more sub-frame numbers can be established in the corresponding relationship list according to actual needs. For example: The subframe number in the prior art subframe configuration table can be extended from the original 0, 4, 5, and 9 to 0, 4, 5, 9, 6, 7, 8, and 2.
步骤 203、 所述基站将寻呼消息, 在所述帧号对应的无线帧中的所述子帧 号对应的子帧中发送。  Step 203: The base station sends a paging message in a subframe corresponding to the subframe number in a radio frame corresponding to the frame number.
这里需要补充的是: 所述基站在发送寻呼消息之前或同时, 向所述基站跟 踪区域内的所有用户设备广播或通过专用信令发送携带有所述非连续发送周 期参数和所述预配置寻呼参数的指示信息,以使各用户设备根据所述非连续发 送周期参数和所述预配置寻呼参数,确定各自的监听位置, 并在已确定的监听 位置上监听各自的寻呼消息。  It should be added here that: the base station broadcasts or transmits the non-continuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configuration to all user equipments in the tracking area of the base station before or at the same time of transmitting the paging message. And indicating information of the paging parameter, so that each user equipment determines a respective listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, and listens to the respective paging message at the determined listening position.
或者, 所述基站在向用户设备发送寻呼消息之后或同时, 向所述用户设备 发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的子帧号和帧号的指示信息,以使所述用户设备 或者, 所述基站在发送寻呼消息之前或同时, 向所述基站跟踪区域内的所 有用户设备广播或通过专用信令发送携带有非连续发送周期的固定激活期信 息并用于指示用户设备以距用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后 一个非连续发送周期的固定激活期内的子帧作为监听位置的指示信息,以使用 户设备根据所述监听指示信息,监听距自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后 一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧上的寻呼消息。其中, 所述用户设备的 自身确定的监听位置是所述用户设备采用现有技术中 PF和 PO位置确定规则 确定出来的, 具体见背景技术, 此处不再赘述。 当然, 在实际应用中, 监听距 自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子 帧上的寻呼消息, 也可作为用户设备的协议约定。 这样, 所述基站就可以不用 向用户设备发送上述指示信息,用户设备直接根据协议约定监听距自身确定的 监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧上的寻呼 消息。 Or the base station sends the paging message to the user equipment to the user equipment after or simultaneously Sending indication information carrying a subframe number and a frame number for sending the paging message, so that the user equipment or the base station tracks all users in the area to the base station before or at the same time of sending the paging message The device broadcasts or transmits the fixed activation period information carrying the discontinuous transmission period by dedicated signaling and is used to indicate that the user equipment is within a fixed activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself. The subframe is used as the indication information of the listening position, so that the user equipment monitors the paging message on the subframe in the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is the closest to the listening position determined by the user according to the monitoring indication information. . The user equipment determines the listening position of the user equipment, and the user equipment is determined by using the PF and PO location determination rules in the prior art. For details, refer to the background art, and details are not described herein again. Of course, in practical applications, the paging message on the subframe during the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by itself may also be used as a protocol agreement of the user equipment. In this way, the base station may not send the indication information to the user equipment, and the user equipment directly listens to the homing in the subframe of the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user according to the protocol. Call the message.
本实施例中基站仅在非连续发送周期的固定激活期内发送寻呼消息,在非 连续发送周期的固定休眠期内基站处于休眠状态。这样基站需将发送的寻呼消 息均控制在非连续发送周期的固定激活期内发送,进而可以充分地利用发送时 定子帧而造成的时间资源浪费; 另外,基站在非连续发送周期的固定休眠期内 有了休眠期, 同时也降低了基站的能耗。  In this embodiment, the base station sends a paging message only during a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and the base station is in a dormant state during a fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period. In this way, the base station needs to control the sent paging messages to be transmitted during the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, thereby fully utilizing the time resource waste caused by the transmission of the stator frame; in addition, the base station has a fixed sleep in the discontinuous transmission period. During the period, there is a dormant period, which also reduces the energy consumption of the base station.
如图 6所示,本发明实施例三提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图。如图 6所示, 本实施例三所述方法, 包括:  FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a paging method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the method in the third embodiment includes:
步骤 301、 所述基站在非连续发送周期的固定激活期和强制激活期内, 向 用户设备发送寻呼消息。 具体地,所述基站将要发送的寻呼消息控制在非连续发送周期的固定激活 期和强制激活期内发送。 所述基站可根据规则确定发送寻呼消息的发送位置。 该规则可根据实际的固定激活期和强制激活期的设定情况,采用映射规则将基 站采用现有技术确定的发送位置映射到所述固定激活期和强制激活期内的相 应位置处。 所述映射规则人为设定。 Step 301: The base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during a fixed activation period and a mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. Specifically, the base station controls to send the paging message to be sent in a fixed activation period and a mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. The base station may determine a sending location of the sent paging message according to a rule. The rule may map the sending location determined by the base station using the prior art to the corresponding location in the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period according to the actual fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period setting. The mapping rule is artificially set.
所述强制激活期也可以由基站根据需要自行控制设定,即在需要的时候强 制开启下行收发信机以在非连续发送周期的固定休眠期内向用户设备发送寻 呼消息。 所述基站可采用现有技术中子帧号和无线帧的帧号的确定规则,确定 发送位置, 若所述发送位置在非连续发送周期的固定激活期内, 则在所述发送 位置上发送寻呼消息, 若所述发送位置在非连续发送周期的固定休眠期内, 则 所述基站强制开启下行收发信机以在该发送位置处发送寻呼消息。  The forced activation period may also be self-controlled by the base station as needed, i.e., the downlink transceiver is forced to be turned on when needed to transmit a paging message to the user equipment during a fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period. The base station may determine a sending location by using a determining rule of a subframe number of the prior art and a frame number of the radio frame, and if the sending location is within a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, sending at the sending location a paging message, if the transmitting location is within a fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period, the base station forcibly turns on the downlink transceiver to send a paging message at the transmitting location.
步骤 302、 所述基站向所述用户设备发送监听指示信息, 以使所述用户设 备根据所述监听指示信息,确定监听位置, 并在所述监听位置处监听所述寻呼 消息。  Step 302: The base station sends interception indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines a listening position according to the interception indication information, and listens to the paging message at the listening position.
其中,所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数 的监听指示信息,以使所述用户设备根据所述非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻 呼参数确定监听位置, 并在监听位置处监听所述寻呼消息。 其中, 所述非连续 发送周期参数包括: 非连续发送周期、非连续发送周期的固定激活期和非连续 发送周期的强制激活期。所述用户设备可根据规则确定监听寻呼消息的监听位 置。该规则与所述基站确定发送寻呼消息的发送位置的规则相同, 即根据所述 基站的固定激活期和强制激活期,采用映射规则将所述用户设备采用现有技术 确定的发送位置映射到所述固定激活期和强制激活期内的相应位置处。所述映 射规则人为设定。  The interception indication information is the interception indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, so that the user equipment determines the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter. And listening to the paging message at the listening position. The discontinuous transmission period parameter includes: a discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and a forced activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. The user equipment may determine a listening position of the listening paging message according to a rule. The rule is the same as the rule that the base station determines the sending location of the paging message, that is, according to the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the base station, the mapping rule is used to map the user equipment to the sending location determined by the prior art. The fixed activation period and the corresponding position during the mandatory activation period. The mapping rules are artificially set.
或者,所述监听指示信息为携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指 示信息, 以使所述用户设备直接将所述发送位置确定为监听位置, 并在所述监 听位置处监听所述寻呼消息。其中, 所述发送位置为所述基站用于发送所述寻 呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号和 /或所述子帧的子帧号。 Or the interception indication information is the interception indication information carrying the sending location of the paging message, so that the user equipment directly determines the sending location as the listening location, and in the monitoring The paging message is listened to at the listening position. The sending location is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send the paging message belongs and/or a subframe number of the subframe.
或者,所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期的激活期信息并用于指 示所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息,以指示所述用户设 备监听所述指定子帧上的寻呼消息。其中, 所述非连续发送周期的激活期信息 包括: 非连续发送周期的固定激活期和强制激活期。 所述指定子帧为距所述用 户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期 内的子帧;或者所述指定子帧还可以为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最 近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的与所述用户设备自身确定 的监听位置相同子帧号的子帧;或者所述指定子帧还可以为距所述用户设备自 身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的与所 述用户设备自身确定的监听位置子帧号相隔约定子帧个数的子帧。  Or the intercepting indication information is the monitoring period information that carries the non-continuous transmission period and is used to indicate that the user equipment uses the designated subframe as the listening position, to indicate that the user equipment is listening on the specified subframe. Page message. The activation period information of the discontinuous transmission period includes: a fixed activation period and a mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. The designated subframe is a subframe of an activation period of a previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself; or the designated subframe may also be from the user equipment itself. a subframe of the same subframe number as the listening position determined by the user equipment itself during the activation period of the previous or next non-continuous transmission period of the latest listening position; or the designated subframe may also be the distance from the The subframe of the agreed subframe number of the listening position subframe number determined by the user equipment itself in the activation period of the previous or next non-continuous transmission period of the latest listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
其中, 所述用户设备的自身监听位置是所述用户设备采用现有技术中 PF 和 PO位置确定规则确定出来的, 具体见背景技术, 此处不再赘述。 当然, 在 实际应用中 ,监听距自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周 期的激活期内的子帧上的寻呼消息,或者监听距所述用户设备自身确定的监听 位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的与所述用户设备自 身确定的监听位置相同子帧号的子帧上的寻呼消息;或者监听距所述用户设备 自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的与 所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置子帧号相隔约定子帧个数的子帧上的寻呼 消息, 也可作为用户设备的协议约定。 这样, 所述基站就可以不用向用户设备 发送上述指示信息,用户设备直接根据协议约定监听距自身确定的监听位置最 近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧上的寻呼消息。  The user device's own listening position is determined by the user equipment using the PF and PO location determination rules in the prior art. For details, refer to the background art, and details are not described herein. Of course, in a practical application, the paging message on the subframe in the activation period of the previous or next non-continuous transmission period closest to the listening position determined by itself is monitored, or the listening position determined by the user equipment itself is monitored. a paging message on a subframe of the same subframe number as the listening position determined by the user equipment itself during the activation period of the previous one or the last discontinuous transmission period; or listening for the monitoring determined by the user equipment itself The paging message on the subframe in which the subframe number of the listening position subframe number determined by the user equipment itself is within the activation period of the previous or the last non-continuous transmission period is also used as the user equipment. Agreement agreement. In this way, the base station may not send the indication information to the user equipment, and the user equipment directly listens to the homing in the subframe of the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user according to the protocol. Call the message.
本实施例中基站仅在非连续发送周期的固定激活期和强制激活期内发送 寻呼消息,在非连续发送周期的固定激活期的除强制激活期以外的时间内基站 处于休眠状态。这样基站需将发送的寻呼消息均控制在非连续发送周期的固定 激活期和强制激活期内发送, 进而可以充分地利用发送时段内的时间资源,避 间资源浪费; 另外, 基站在非连续发送周期的固定休眠期内有了休眠期, 同时 也降低了基站的能耗。 In this embodiment, the base station sends a paging message only during the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and the base station in the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period except for the mandatory activation period. Is in a dormant state. In this way, the base station needs to control the sent paging messages to be transmitted in the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, thereby fully utilizing the time resources in the transmission period, and avoiding waste of resources; in addition, the base station is discontinuous The sleep period has a sleep period during the fixed sleep period, which also reduces the power consumption of the base station.
如图 7所示,本发明实施例四提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图。如图 7所示, 本实施例四所述方法, 包括:  FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a paging method according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the method in the fourth embodiment includes:
步骤 401、 基站在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内, 向用户设备 发送寻呼消息。  Step 401: The base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during a sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern.
其中, 所述预设图样包括预设周期内至少一个发送指示信息。 具体地, 所 述预设图样可表征为一串字符串或其他标识符号组成的符号串。 例如, 字符 1 表征发送指示信息, 字符 0 为休眠指示信息。 所述预设图样可表征为: 0100001000的字符串。 4艮设预设周期为 10ms, 则所述预设图样中每个字符所 标识的时段为 lms。 标识为 1的位置, 即为发送指示信息, 表明在该发送指示 信息指示的发送期内, 即 1ms内, 基站可发送寻呼消息。 标识为 0的位置, 即为休眠指示信息, 表明在该休眠指示信息指示的休眠期内基站处于休眠状 态。  The preset pattern includes at least one sending indication information in a preset period. Specifically, the preset pattern may be characterized as a string of strings or other symbol strings. For example, character 1 represents the transmission indication information and character 0 is the sleep indication information. The preset pattern can be characterized as: a string of 0100001000. 4 If the preset period is 10ms, the period of each character in the preset pattern is lms. The location marked with 1 is the transmission indication information, indicating that the base station can send the paging message within the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information, that is, within 1 ms. The location marked as 0 is the sleep indication information, indicating that the base station is in the dormant state during the sleep period indicated by the sleep indication information.
其中,所述发送指示信息为无线帧级别时段指示信息或子帧级别时段指示 信息。若所述发送指示信息为无线帧级别时段指示信息, 则所述基站确定所述 无线帧级别时段指示信息指示的无线帧内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧,在所 述子帧内发送所述寻呼消息。 若所述发送指示信息为子帧级别时段指示信息, 则所述基站在指示子帧内发送寻呼消息。  The sending indication information is radio frame level period indication information or subframe level period indication information. If the sending indication information is the radio frame level period indication information, the base station determines, in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame level period indication information, a subframe for sending the paging message, in the subframe. Sending the paging message. If the sending indication information is subframe level period indication information, the base station sends a paging message in the indication subframe.
这里可以进一步拓展的是: 本实施例中所述的预设图样是时域上的图样。 实质上,预设图样还可以是频域上的控制信道或数据信道图样。基站可根据该 控制信道图样或数据信道图样,在图样中指定的控制信号或数据信道发送信令 或数据。 It can be further extended here that the preset pattern described in this embodiment is a pattern on the time domain. In essence, the preset pattern can also be a control channel or a data channel pattern in the frequency domain. The base station may send signaling according to the control channel pattern or the data channel pattern, the control signal or the data channel specified in the pattern. Or data.
步骤 402、 所述基站向所述用户设备发送携带有用户发送所述寻呼消息的 发送位置的监听指示信息,以使所述用户设备在所述发送位置处监听所述寻呼 消息。  Step 402: The base station sends, to the user equipment, interception indication information that carries a sending location where the user sends the paging message, so that the user equipment monitors the paging message at the sending location.
其中,所述发送位置为所述基站用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧 的帧号和 /或所述子帧的子帧号。  The sending location is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send the paging message and/or a subframe number of the subframe.
本实施例中基站仅在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送寻呼 消息,在预设图样的预设周期的除发送指示信息指示的发送期以外的时间内基 站处于休眠状态。这样基站需将发送的寻呼消息均控制在预设图样的发送指示 信息指示的发送期内发送, 进而可以充分地利用发送时段内的时间资源,避免 资源浪费; 另外, 基站在非连续发送周期的固定休眠期内有了休眠期, 同时也 降低了基站的能耗。  In this embodiment, the base station sends a paging message only during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, and the base station is in a sleep state in a period other than the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information in the preset period of the preset pattern. In this way, the base station needs to control the sent paging messages to be sent during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, so that the time resources in the transmission period can be fully utilized to avoid waste of resources; in addition, the base station is in the discontinuous transmission period. During the fixed dormancy period, there is a dormant period, which also reduces the energy consumption of the base station.
如图 8所示,本发明实施例五提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图。如图 8所示, 本实施例五所述的方法包括:  FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a paging method according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the method described in Embodiment 5 includes:
步骤 501、基站在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信 息指示的发送期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息。  Step 501: The base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern.
其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应 预设周期内的一预设发送期。所述基站在非连续发送周期的固定激活期内向用 户设备发送寻呼消息, 可参见上述实施例二所述的内容, 此处不再详述。 所述 基站在非连续发送周期的固定激活期和强制激活期内向用户设备发送寻呼消 息, 可参见上述实施例三所述的内容, 此处不再详述。 所述基站在预设图样的 发送指示信息指示的发送期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息,可参见上述实施例四 所述的内容, 此处不再详述。  The sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period. The base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. For details, refer to the content described in the foregoing Embodiment 2, which is not described in detail herein. The base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. For details, refer to the content described in the foregoing Embodiment 3, which is not described in detail herein. The base station sends a paging message to the user equipment during the transmission period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern. For details, refer to the content described in the foregoing Embodiment 4, which is not described in detail herein.
步骤 502、 向用户设备发送监听指示信息, 以使所述用户设备根据所述监 听指示信息, 确定监听位置, 并在所述监听位置处监听寻呼消息。 Step 502: Send monitoring indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment is according to the monitoring The indication information is listened to, the listening position is determined, and the paging message is monitored at the listening position.
具体地, 可参见上述实施例一、 二、 三或四中描述的相关内容。  Specifically, reference may be made to the related content described in the first embodiment, the second, the third or the fourth embodiment.
步骤 503、 开启上行定时器, 以在上行定时器的开启时间至所述上行定时 器设定时间内接收所述用户设备发送的上行数据。  Step 503: Enable an uplink timer to receive uplink data sent by the user equipment in the set time of the uplink timer to the uplink timer.
本实施例在所述基站发送寻呼消息之后,为了让基站与用户设备的后续交 互即时有效, 增加了上述步骤 503 , 即让基站开启上行收发信机, 以使所述基 站能够及时的接收到用户设备在监听到自身的寻呼消息之后,向所述基站发送 的上行数据,如调度请求或随机接入扰码等,避免所述基站可能在下一个非连 续发送周期的激活期内才能接收到用户设备发送的上行数据。  In this embodiment, after the paging message is sent by the base station, in order to make the subsequent interaction between the base station and the user equipment effective, the foregoing step 503 is added, so that the base station turns on the uplink transceiver, so that the base station can receive the time in time. After the user equipment listens to its own paging message, the uplink data sent to the base station, such as a scheduling request or a random access scrambling code, prevents the base station from being received during the activation period of the next discontinuous transmission period. Uplink data sent by the user equipment.
进一步地, 为了让基站与用户设备能够及时的交互, 上述步骤 503之后还 包括: 若接收到所述用户设备发送的上行数据, 则开启下行定时器, 以在下行 定时器的开启时间至所述下行定时器设定时间内向所述用户设备返回所述上 行数据相应的响应信息。  Further, in order to allow the base station to interact with the user equipment in time, the step 503 further includes: if the uplink data sent by the user equipment is received, turning on a downlink timer to start the downlink timer to the The response information corresponding to the uplink data is returned to the user equipment in a downlink timer setting time.
再进一步地, 上述步骤 501之前还包括: 向所述用户设备发送携带有至少 —个工作于非连续发送工作模式下基站的基站标识的消息,以使所述用户设备 避免驻留在所述消息中携带的基站标识对应的基站下监听寻呼消息。  Further, before the step 501, the method further includes: sending, to the user equipment, a message carrying at least one base station identifier of a base station operating in a discontinuous transmission working mode, so that the user equipment avoids staying in the message. The base station identifier carried by the base station identifier is monitored by the base station.
这里需要说明的是: 在异构网络中, 一个宏基站下覆盖有多个接入节点, 这些节点为可以是小基站 Pico, 室内基站 Femto, 低移动性基站 LoMo, 本地 无线接入点 AP, 低功率发射节点( Low Power Node, LPN )等。 这些接入节点 均不具有下发寻呼消息的功能。 只有宏基站具有下发寻呼消息的功能。 用户设 备需选择驻留在具有下发寻呼消息功能的宏基站 (即本实施例中的第一基站) 下, 而避免驻留在覆盖在所述宏基站下的接入节点。 由此, 本实施例在步骤 501之前增加了上述步骤。 具体地, 所述宏基站通过广播或专用信令向所述用 户设备发送携带有宏基站下所有接入节点标识的信息。所述用户设备在接收到 这些信息后, 直接选择驻留在所述宏基站下, 而避免驻留在标识对应的接入节 点下, 由宏基站向用户设备发送寻呼消息,或者由宏基站代替接入节点向所述 接入节点下的用户设备发送寻呼消息。 It should be noted that: In a heterogeneous network, a macro base station is covered by multiple access nodes, which may be a small base station Pico, an indoor base station Femto, a low mobility base station LoMo, a local wireless access point AP, Low Power Node (LPN), etc. None of these access nodes have the function of sending paging messages. Only the macro base station has the function of sending a paging message. The user equipment needs to choose to camp on the macro base station (ie, the first base station in this embodiment) having the function of sending a paging message, and avoid staying at the access node that is under the macro base station. Thus, the present embodiment adds the above steps before step 501. Specifically, the macro base station sends information carrying all the access node identifiers under the macro base station to the user equipment by using broadcast or dedicated signaling. After receiving the information, the user equipment directly selects to camp under the macro base station, and avoids staying in the access section corresponding to the identifier. In the meantime, the macro base station sends a paging message to the user equipment, or the macro base station replaces the access node to send a paging message to the user equipment under the access node.
如图 9所示, 本发明实施例六提供的寻呼方法的流程示意图。本实施例六 是从终端侧来说明所述寻呼方法的。 具体地, 如图 9所示, 本实施例六所述方 法包括:  FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a paging method according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention. The sixth embodiment is to explain the paging method from the terminal side. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 9, the method in the sixth embodiment includes:
步骤 601、 用户设备接收基站发送的监听指示信息。  Step 601: The user equipment receives the monitoring indication information sent by the base station.
步骤 602、 所述用户设备根据所述监听指示信息, 确定监听位置。  Step 602: The user equipment determines, according to the interception indication information, a listening position.
具体地,若所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼 参数的监听指示信息, 则根据所述非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数,确 定监听位置;若所述监听指示信息为携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监 听指示信息, 则确定所述发送位置为监听位置; 若所述监听指示信息为携带有 非连续发送周期的激活期信息并用于指示所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听 位置的监听指示信息, 则确定所述指定子帧为监听位置; 其中, 所述指定子帧 为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周 期的激活期内的子帧;或者所述指定子帧还可以为距所述用户设备自身确定的 监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的与所述用户设 备自身确定的监听位置相同子帧号的子帧;或者所述指定子帧还可以为距所述 用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活 期内的与所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置子帧号相隔约定子帧个数的子帧。  Specifically, if the interception indication information is the interception indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, determining the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter; The monitoring indication information is the monitoring indication information carrying the sending location of the paging message, and determining that the sending location is a listening location; if the monitoring indication information is an activation period information carrying a discontinuous transmission period and used for Instructing the user equipment to use the specified subframe as the listening indication information of the listening position, and determining that the designated subframe is the listening position; wherein the designated subframe is the previous one that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself. Or the subframe of the activation period of the subsequent discontinuous transmission period; or the designated subframe may also be the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself. a subframe having the same subframe number as the listening position determined by the user equipment itself; or the designated subframe a subframe that is spaced apart from the listening position subframe number determined by the user equipment itself during an activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself .
其中, 所述用户设备的自身监听位置采用现有技术中 PF和 PO位置确定 规则来确定, 具体见背景技术中的相关内容, 此处不再赘述。  The location of the user equipment is determined by using the PF and PO location determination rules in the prior art. For details, refer to related content in the background art, and details are not described herein again.
具体地,当所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼 参数的监听指示信息时,用户设备根据所述非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼 参数, 确定监听位置, 可采用如下步骤实现:  Specifically, when the monitoring indication information is the monitoring indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, the user equipment determines the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter. The following steps can be used to achieve:
首先, 用户设备获取自身的设备标识和实际寻呼周期。 然后,所述用户设备根据所述非连续发送周期参数、所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述设备标识和所述实际寻呼周期,确定监听寻呼消息的子帧的所属的无线帧 的帧号。 First, the user equipment acquires its own device identification and actual paging cycle. Then, the user equipment determines, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, a frame of a radio frame to which a subframe of the paging message is monitored. number.
具体地, 若所述非连续发送周期参数包括: 非连续发送周期和非连续发送 周期的固定激活期, 其中所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期; 则 根据所述非连续发送周期参数、 所述预配置寻呼参数、所述设备标识和所述实 际寻呼周期, 确定监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, 包括:  Specifically, if the discontinuous transmission period parameter includes: a non-continuous transmission period and a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period; And determining, by the sending period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe in which the paging message is monitored belongs, including:
步骤 sr , 根据所述设备标识、 所述实际寻呼周期和所述预配置寻呼参 数, 采用如下第一公式计算帧号初值:  Step sr, according to the device identifier, the actual paging cycle, and the pre-configured paging parameter, calculate the initial value of the frame number by using the following first formula:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )  SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE — ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, T为所述实际寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述设备标识, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2 , T/4 , T/8 , T/16 , T/32} , div表示取商的整数运算, mod 表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值。  Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, T is the actual paging cycle, UE_ID is the device identifier, and nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, The value range of nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32}, div represents the integer operation of the quotient, mod represents the modulo operation, min( *, *) means taking the minimum of the two numbers.
步骤 S2' , 根据所述帧号初值、 所述实际寻呼周期、 所述非连续发送周 期和所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值 映射到所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内对应的帧号,该帧号即为监听寻呼 消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。  Step S2', according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the initial value of the frame number is determined by using a preset mapping rule. Mapping to a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the frame number is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe in which the paging message is monitored belongs.
其中, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第二公式:  The preset mapping rule is specifically the following second formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2+( SFN mod T ) mod Tj SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 +( SFN mod T ) mod Tj
其中, 所述 SFN'为所述监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN为 所述帧号初值, Ί\为所述非连续发送周期, T2为所述非连续发送周期的固定 激活期, Τ为所述实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等于指定表达式 *的 最大整数; The SFN′ is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs, SFN is an initial value of the frame number, Ί\ is the discontinuous transmission period, and T 2 is the discontinuous transmission. The fixed activation period of the period, Τ is the actual paging cycle, and floor (*) indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第三公式:  Or the preset mapping rule is specifically the following third formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN I T2 )xT2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ) 其中, F(*)表示取最接近指定表达式 *的整数; SFN'=floor( SFN IT 2 )xT 2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ) Where F(*) represents the integer closest to the specified expression *;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第四公式:  Or the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fourth formula:
SFN' = floor ( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T2 ) ) ) ; SFN' = floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T 2 ) ) ) ;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第五公式:  Or the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fifth formula:
SFN' mod T2 = floor( ( ΊΧΙ Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) ) SFN' mod T 2 = floor( ( Ί Χ Ι Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) )
其中, N,=T或 Τ2Where N, =T or Τ 2 .
进一步地, 若所述非连续发送周期参数还包括: 非连续发送周期的固定激 活期的起始时刻偏移值, 则还包括:  Further, if the discontinuous transmission period parameter further includes: a start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the method further includes:
步骤 S3,,根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值,修正 监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。具体为: 根据所述非连续发送周期的 固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值,采用如下第九公式修正所述用于发送寻呼消息 的子帧所属无线帧的帧号:  Step S3, correcting the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the monitoring paging message belongs according to the starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. Specifically, according to the start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs is modified by using the following ninth formula:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )  SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN,为 所述监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0 为所述监听寻呼消息的子帧 的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述非连续发送周期的激活期的起始时刻偏移值。  The SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the corrected paging message belongs, and the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs, and P0 is the interception paging message. The subframe number of the subframe, dtxStartOffset is the start time offset value of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
最后,所述用户设备根据所述非连续发送周期参数、所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述设备标识和所述实际寻呼周期,确定监听寻呼消息的子帧的所属的无线帧 的帧号。  Finally, the user equipment determines, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, a frame of a radio frame to which a subframe of a paging message is to be located. number.
具体地, 若所述非连续发送周期参数包括: 非连续发送周期和非连续发送 周期的固定激活期, 其中所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期; 则 根据所述非连续发送周期参数、预配置寻呼参数、 所述设备标识和所述实际寻 呼周期, 确定监听寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, 具体过程如下:  Specifically, if the discontinuous transmission period parameter includes: a non-continuous transmission period and a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period; The sending period parameter, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period determine the subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is monitored. The specific process is as follows:
步骤 S4,, 根据所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述非连续发 送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第六公式计算第一索 引值: Step S4, according to the actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, using the sixth formula to calculate the first cable Quoted value:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值:  Alternatively, the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ2 / T χ(Τ2 / Τ)) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 / T χ(Τ 2 / Τ))
其中, 所述 Ns为第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取 值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16 , Τ/32} , 为所述非连续发送周 期, Τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述实际寻呼周期, F(*)表 示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (* , *)表示取两数中大的 值。 The Ns is a first index value, nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, and the value range of the nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2, Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/ 16 , Τ / 32} , for the discontinuous transmission period, Τ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, Τ is the actual paging period, and F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than, less than, or closest to An integer specifying the expression *, max (* , *) means taking the larger of the two numbers.
步骤 S5,, 根据所述设备标识、 所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 式计算第二索引值:  Step S5: Calculate a second index value according to the device identifier, the actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter, and the formula:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns  I_s=floor (UE—ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i— s为所述第二索引值, UE— ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值。  Where N=min (T, nB), i_s is the second index value, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) Represents the largest integer less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers.
步骤 S6', 根据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述 第一索引值和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。  Step S6': Obtain a subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value according to a correspondence between the first index value, the second index value, and the subframe number.
具体地, 所述基站预存储有所述第一索引值、第二索引值与子帧号的对应 关系。这里需要说明的是: 本发明实施例将所述基站在一个寻呼周期内发送的 所有寻呼消息都控制在非连续发送周期的激活期内发送,致使所述基站需在一 个无线帧中的更多子帧上发送寻呼消息, 因此, 本实施例中所述的索引值与子 帧号的对应关系不同于现有技术中的对应关系,可根据实际的需求建立更多的 子帧号在对应关系列表中。  Specifically, the base station pre-stores a correspondence between the first index value, the second index value, and the subframe number. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, all paging messages sent by the base station in one paging cycle are controlled to be sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, so that the base station needs to be in a radio frame. The paging message is sent on the more subframes. Therefore, the correspondence between the index value and the subframe number in this embodiment is different from the corresponding relationship in the prior art, and more subframe numbers can be established according to actual requirements. In the correspondence list.
若所述非连续发送周期参数包括: 非连续发送周期、非连续发送周期的固 定激活期和非连续发送周期的强制激活期。所述用户设备可根据规则确定监听 寻呼消息的监听位置。该规则与所述基站在非连续发送周期的固定激活期和强 制激活期内确定发送寻呼消息的发送位置的规则相同,即根据所述基站的固定 激活期和强制激活期,采用映射规则将所述用户设备采用现有技术确定的发送 位置映射到所述固定激活期和强制激活期内的相应位置处。所述映射规则人为 设定。 If the discontinuous transmission period parameters include: a non-continuous transmission period, a non-continuous transmission period The active activation period of the activation period and the discontinuous transmission period. The user equipment may determine a listening position of the listening paging message according to a rule. The rule is the same as the rule that the base station determines the sending location of the sending paging message during the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, that is, according to the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period of the base station, the mapping rule is adopted. The sending location determined by the user equipment by using the prior art is mapped to the corresponding location in the fixed activation period and the mandatory activation period. The mapping rule is artificially set.
步骤 603、 所述用户设备在所述监听位置处, 监听所述基站在所述非连续 发送周期的激活期内或在所述预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送 的寻呼消息。  Step 603: The user equipment, at the listening position, listens to a paging message sent by the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or within a transmission period indicated by a sending indication information of the preset pattern. .
这里可以补充的是: 在实际应用中,监听距自身确定的监听位置最近的前 一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧上的寻呼消息,或者监听距所 述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激 活期内的与所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置相同子帧号的子帧上的寻呼消 息;或者监听距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连 续发送周期的激活期内的与所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置子帧号相隔约 定子帧个数的子帧上的寻呼消息, 也可作为用户设备的协议约定。 这样, 所述 基站就可以不用向用户设备发送携带有非连续发送周期的激活期信息并用于 指示用户设备以距用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连 续发送周期的固定激活期内的子帧作为监听位置的指示信息,用户设备直接根 据协议约定监听距自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周 期的激活期内的子帧上的寻呼消息。  It may be added here that: in an actual application, the paging message on the subframe in the activation period of the previous or next non-continuous transmission period closest to the listening position determined by itself is monitored, or the user equipment itself is monitored from the user equipment. Determining a paging message on a subframe of the same subframe number as the listening position determined by the user equipment itself during the activation period of the previous or the last discontinuous transmission period of the latest listening position; or listening to the user equipment The paging message on the subframe of the predetermined number of subframes separated from the monitoring location subframe number determined by the user equipment itself during the activation period of the previous or subsequent non-continuous transmission period of the nearest determined listening position, Can be used as a protocol agreement for user equipment. In this way, the base station may not send the activation period carrying the non-continuous transmission period to the user equipment and is used to indicate the fixed activation of the previous or subsequent discontinuous transmission period of the user equipment that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself. The subframe in the period is used as the indication information of the listening position, and the user equipment directly listens to the paging message on the subframe in the activation period of the previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user according to the protocol.
进一步地, 上述实施例六所述的寻呼方法, 在步骤 603之前, 还包括: 所 述用户设备接收所述基站发送的携带有至少一个工作于非连续发送工作模式 下的其他基站的基站标识的消息,以根据所述消息选择避免驻留在所述消息中 携带的基站标识对应的基站下监听寻呼消息。 这里需要说明的是: 在异构网络中, 一个宏基站下覆盖有多个接入节点, 这些节点为可以是小基站 Pico, 室内基站 Femto, 低移动性基站 LoMo, 本地 无线接入点 AP, 低功率发射节点( Low Power Node, LPN )等。 这些接入节点 均不具有下发寻呼消息的功能。 只有宏基站具有下发寻呼消息的功能。 用户设 备需选择驻留在具有下发寻呼消息功能的宏基站 (即本实施例中的第一基站) 下, 而避免驻留在覆盖在所述宏基站下的接入节点。 由此, 本实施例在步骤 603之前增加了上述步骤。 具体地, 所述宏基站通过广播或专用信令向所述用 户设备发送携带有宏基站下所有接入节点标识的信息。所述用户设备在接收到 这些信息后, 直接选择驻留在所述宏基站下, 而避免驻留在标识对应的接入节 点下。 所述宏基站向用户设备发送寻呼消息, 或者, 所述宏基站代替接入节点 向所述接入节点下的用户设备发送寻呼消息。 Further, the paging method according to the foregoing sixth embodiment, before the step 603, the method further includes: the user equipment receiving, by the base station, a base station identifier that is sent by another base station that carries at least one working in a discontinuous transmission working mode. The message is to listen to the paging message under the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message according to the message selection. It should be noted that: In a heterogeneous network, a macro base station is covered by multiple access nodes, which may be a small base station Pico, an indoor base station Femto, a low mobility base station LoMo, a local wireless access point AP, Low Power Node (LPN), etc. None of these access nodes have the function of sending paging messages. Only the macro base station has the function of sending a paging message. The user equipment needs to choose to camp on the macro base station (ie, the first base station in this embodiment) having the function of sending a paging message, and avoid staying at the access node that is under the macro base station. Thus, the present embodiment adds the above steps before step 603. Specifically, the macro base station sends information carrying all the access node identifiers under the macro base station to the user equipment by using broadcast or dedicated signaling. After receiving the information, the user equipment directly selects to camp on the macro base station, and avoids staying under the access node corresponding to the identifier. The macro base station sends a paging message to the user equipment, or the macro base station sends a paging message to the user equipment under the access node instead of the access node.
如图 10所示, 本发明实施例七提供的上行数据发送方法的流程示意图。 如图所示, 本发明所述的上行数据方法包括:  As shown in FIG. 10, a schematic flowchart of an uplink data sending method provided in Embodiment 7 of the present invention is shown. As shown in the figure, the uplink data method of the present invention includes:
步骤 701、 监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后, 选择第二基站。  Step 701: After listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, select the second base station.
具体地, 用户设备监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后, 首先测量附近所有 基站的信号质量; 然后选择信号质量大于预设质量阔值的基站为所述第二基 站, 向所述第二基站发送上行数据。 本实施例中, 所述第一基站可采用上述实 施例一、 实施例二、 实施例三或实施例四所述的寻呼方法向所述用户设备发送 寻呼消息。相应地, 所述用户设备可采用上述实施例六所述的寻呼方法监听所 述寻呼消息。 相关内容可参见上述对应的实施例, 此处不再赘述。  Specifically, after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, the user equipment first measures the signal quality of all the base stations in the vicinity; and then selects the base station whose signal quality is greater than the preset quality threshold as the second base station, to the second The base station transmits uplink data. In this embodiment, the first base station may send a paging message to the user equipment by using the paging method described in the first embodiment, the second embodiment, the third embodiment, or the fourth embodiment. Correspondingly, the user equipment can use the paging method described in Embodiment 6 to monitor the paging message. For related content, refer to the corresponding embodiment above, and details are not described herein again.
步骤 702、 向所述第二基站发送上行数据。  Step 702: Send uplink data to the second base station.
进一步地, 所述用户设备在向所述第二基站发送上行数据之前, 还包括: 所述用户设备接收所述第一基站发送的携带有用于发送所述上行数据的上行 资源的信息, 以利用所述上行资源向所述第二基站发送上行数据。 其中, 所述 上行数据为调度请求, 所述上行资源为发送调度请求的上行资源; 或者, 所述 上行数据为随机接入扰码, 所述上行资源为发送随机接入扰码的上行资源; 或 者, 所述上行数据为发送底层连接建立的消息, 所述上行资源为发送 UL-grant 的资源。 或者, 所述上行数据为半静态调度请求, 所述上行资源为发送半静态 调度请求的上行资源。 Further, before the user equipment sends the uplink data to the second base station, the method further includes: the user equipment receiving information that is sent by the first base station and carrying an uplink resource for sending the uplink data, to use The uplink resource sends uplink data to the second base station. The uplink data is a scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a scheduling request; or The uplink data is a random access scrambling code, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a random access scrambling code; or the uplink data is a message for sending an underlying connection, and the uplink resource is a resource for sending a UL-grant. Or the uplink data is a semi-persistent scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a semi-persistent scheduling request.
本实施例适用于异构网络中, 第一基站下覆盖有多个接入节点(该多个接 入节点中包含有第二基站)。 多个接入节点均预留有上行资源, 所述第一基站 可获取到所有节点的上行资源,并将用户设备选择的对应的接入节点预留的上 行资源发送给所述用户设备,以使所述用户设备利用所述上行资源向选择出的 接入节点发送上行数据, 由该接入节点为所述用户设备提供服务, 以降低第一 基站的负载。  This embodiment is applicable to a heterogeneous network, and the first base station is covered with a plurality of access nodes (the plurality of access nodes include a second base station). All the access nodes are reserved with the uplink resources, and the first base station may obtain the uplink resources of all the nodes, and send the uplink resources reserved by the corresponding access node selected by the user equipment to the user equipment, And causing the user equipment to use the uplink resource to send uplink data to the selected access node, where the access node provides a service for the user equipment, so as to reduce the load of the first base station.
如图 11所示, 本发明实施例八提供的上行数据发送方法的流程示意图。 如图所示, 本发明所述的上行数据方法包括:  FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of an uplink data sending method according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the uplink data method of the present invention includes:
步骤 801、 监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后, 获取触发信息。  Step 801: After listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, obtain trigger information.
其中, 所述第一基站可采用上述实施例一、 实施例二、 实施例三或实施例 四所述的寻呼方法向所述用户设备发送寻呼消息。相应地, 用户设备可采用上 述实施例六所述的寻呼方法监听所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息。相关内容可参 见上述对应的实施例, 此处不再赘述。  The first base station may send a paging message to the user equipment by using the paging method described in the foregoing Embodiment 1, the second embodiment, the third embodiment, or the fourth embodiment. Correspondingly, the user equipment can use the paging method described in Embodiment 6 to listen to the paging message sent by the first base station. For related content, refer to the corresponding embodiment above, and details are not described herein again.
步骤 802、 若所述触发信息为所述第一基站发送的携带有第二基站标识的 指示信息, 则根据所述第二基站标识确定第二基站, 向所述第二基站发送上行 数据。  Step 802: If the trigger information is the indication information that is sent by the first base station and carries the identifier of the second base station, determine the second base station according to the identifier of the second base station, and send uplink data to the second base station.
具体地, 所述第一基站直接向用户设备发送指示信息, 以指示所述用户设 备将上行数据发送至第二基站, 由第二基站为所述用户设备提供服务。  Specifically, the first base station directly sends indication information to the user equipment, to indicate that the user equipment sends uplink data to the second base station, and the second base station provides service for the user equipment.
步骤 803、 若所述触发信息为携带有条件信息的触发信息, 则判断所述条 件信息是否满足预设条件, 若所述条件信息满足预设条件, 则选择第二基站, 并向所述第二基站发送上行数据。 具体地, 若所述条件信息为所述第一基站的负载, 则判断所述第一基站的 负载是否大于预设负载阔值, 若所述第一基站的负载大于预设负载阔值, 则确 定所述条件信息满足预设条件;若所述条件信息为所述寻呼消息中携带的业务 类型, 则判断所述业务类型是否为突发业务类型, 若所述业务类型为突发业务 类型, 则确定所述条件信息满足预设条件。 其中, 用户设备选择第二基站, 并 向所述第二基站发送上行数据可采用如下步骤实现: Step 803: If the trigger information is trigger information carrying condition information, determine whether the condition information meets a preset condition, and if the condition information meets a preset condition, select a second base station, and The second base station transmits uplink data. Specifically, if the condition information is the load of the first base station, determining whether the load of the first base station is greater than a preset load threshold, and if the load of the first base station is greater than a preset load threshold, Determining that the condition information meets a preset condition; if the condition information is a service type carried in the paging message, determining whether the service type is a burst service type, if the service type is a burst service type And determining that the condition information satisfies a preset condition. The user equipment selecting the second base station and sending the uplink data to the second base station may be implemented by the following steps:
步骤 8031、 所述用户设备测量附近所有基站的信号质量。  Step 8031: The user equipment measures signal quality of all nearby base stations.
步骤 8032、 所述用户设备选择信号质量大于预设质量阔值的基站为所述 第二基站, 向所述第二基站发送上行数据。  Step 8032: The user equipment selects a base station whose signal quality is greater than a preset quality threshold as the second base station, and sends uplink data to the second base station.
本实施例用户设备在监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后,直接选择向第二 基站发送上行数据,或在触发信息指示的情况下向第二基站发送上行数据,或 在触发信息携带的条件信息满足预设条件时选择向第二基站发送上行数据,由 第二基站为用户设备提供相应的服务, 可有效均衡各基站之间的负载,避免基 站负载过重影响通信。  In this embodiment, after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, the user equipment directly selects to send uplink data to the second base station, or sends uplink data to the second base station if the trigger information is indicated, or is carried in the trigger information. When the condition information meets the preset condition, the uplink data is selected to be sent to the second base station, and the second base station provides the corresponding service for the user equipment, which can effectively balance the load between the base stations and prevent the base station from being overloaded and affecting the communication.
进一步地, 用户设备向所述第二基站发送上行数据之前, 还包括: 接收所 述第一基站发送的携带有用于发送所述上行数据的上行资源的信息。 相应地, 上述步骤 803中向所述第二基站发送上行数据包括:利用所述上行资源向所述 第二基站发送上行数据。 其中, 所述上行数据为调度请求, 所述上行资源为发 送调度请求的上行资源; 或者, 所述上行数据为随机接入扰码, 所述上行资源 为发送随机接入扰码的上行资源; 或者, 所述上行数据为发送底层连接建立的 消息, 所述上行资源为发送 UL-grant 的资源。 或者, 所述上行数据为半静态 调度请求, 所述上行资源为发送半静态调度请求的上行资源。  Further, before the user equipment sends the uplink data to the second base station, the method further includes: receiving information that is sent by the first base station and carries an uplink resource for sending the uplink data. Correspondingly, sending the uplink data to the second base station in the foregoing step 803 includes: sending uplink data to the second base station by using the uplink resource. The uplink data is a scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a scheduling request; or the uplink data is a random access scrambling code, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a random access scrambling code; Or the uplink data is a message for sending an underlying connection, and the uplink resource is a resource for sending a UL-grant. Or the uplink data is a semi-static scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource that sends a semi-persistent scheduling request.
这里需要补充的是:若上述实施例七和实施例八中所述的第二基站工作在 非连续发送模式下, 则所述第二基站在接收到用户设备发送的上行数据后, 所 述第二基站根据自身配置确定是否将当前的非连续发送模式转为连续发送模 式(Single模式)为用户设备提供相应的服务, 或者直接工作在非连续发送模 式下为用户设备提供相应的服务。 It is to be noted that, if the second base station in the foregoing seventh embodiment and the eighth embodiment works in the discontinuous transmission mode, after the second base station receives the uplink data sent by the user equipment, the The second base station determines whether to change the current discontinuous transmission mode to the continuous transmission mode according to its own configuration. The (Single mode) provides corresponding services for the user equipment, or directly works in the discontinuous transmission mode to provide corresponding services for the user equipment.
本实施例适用于异构网络中, 第一基站下覆盖有多个接入节点(所述多个 接入节点中包含有第二基站)。 多个接入节点均预留有上行资源, 所述第一基 站可获取到所有节点的上行资源,并将用户设备选择的对应的接入节点预留的 上行资源发送给所述用户设备,以使所述用户设备利用所述上行资源向选择出 的接入节点发送上行数据, 由该接入节点为所述用户设备提供服务, 以降低第 一基站的负载, 均衡各基站之间的负载。  This embodiment is applicable to a heterogeneous network, and the first base station is covered with a plurality of access nodes (the plurality of access nodes include a second base station). All the access nodes are reserved with the uplink resources, and the first base station may obtain the uplink resources of all the nodes, and send the uplink resources reserved by the corresponding access node selected by the user equipment to the user equipment, And causing the user equipment to send uplink data to the selected access node by using the uplink resource, where the access node provides a service for the user equipment, so as to reduce the load of the first base station and balance the load between the base stations.
如图 12所示, 本发明实施例九提供的接入方法的流程示意图。如图所示, 本实施例所述方法, 包括:  As shown in FIG. 12, a schematic flowchart of an access method provided in Embodiment 9 of the present invention is shown. As shown in the figure, the method in this embodiment includes:
步骤 901、 第一基站向第二基站发送携带有用户设备标识的获取请求, 以 使所述第二基站根据所述获取请求,为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标 识和 /或上行资源。  Step 901: The first base station sends an acquisition request that carries the user equipment identifier to the second base station, so that the second base station configures the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource for the user equipment according to the obtaining request.
步骤 902、 所述第一基站接收所述第二基站返回的携带有所述第二基站的 基站标识, 以及所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或所述上行资源的获取响应, 并将所述获取响应发送至所述用户设备,以使所述用户设备在监听到所述第一 基站发送的寻呼消息后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所 述第二基站发送接入请求。  Step 902: The first base station receives, by the second base station, a base station identifier that carries the second base station, and the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource acquisition response, and the Sending a response to the user equipment, so that after the user equipment listens to the paging message sent by the first base station, the user equipment sends the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or uplink resource to the second base station. Access request.
具体地, 若所述接入请求为随机接入扰码, 则所述第二基站为所述用户设 备配置的上行资源可以为发送随机接入扰码的上行资源,若所述接入请求为发 送底层连接建立的消息, 所述上行资源为发送 UL-grant的资源。  Specifically, if the access request is a random access scrambling code, the uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment may be an uplink resource that sends a random access scrambling code, if the access request is Sending a message that the underlying connection is established, where the uplink resource is a resource that sends a UL-grant.
本实施例第一基站通过与第二基站之间的通信交互以获得第二基站为用 户设备配置的小区无线网络临时标识和上行资源,并将所述小区无线网络临时 标识和上行资源转发给用户设备,以使用户设备根据所述上行资源向第二基站 发送接入请求, 以便与所述第二基站建立连接。 采用本实施例所述的方法, 可 以有效地加快用户设备接入第二基站的速度。 In this embodiment, the first base station obtains the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment by using the communication interaction with the second base station, and forwards the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource to the user. The device, so that the user equipment sends an access request to the second base station according to the uplink resource, so as to establish a connection with the second base station. Using the method described in this embodiment, To effectively speed up the access of the user equipment to the second base station.
进一步地,所述第一基站向第二基站发送携带有用户设备标识的获取请求 之前,还包括: 所述第一基站接收所述用户设备发送的接入请求信息和第二基 站标识的上报信息, 其中, 所述第二基站标识为所述用户设备监听到所述第一 基站发送的寻呼消息后选择的基站的标识;或者所述第二基站标识为所述第一 基站接收到所述用户设备发送的接入请求信息后指定所述用户设备接入基站 的标识。  Further, before the first base station sends the acquisition request that carries the user equipment identifier to the second base station, the method further includes: the first base station receiving the access request information sent by the user equipment and the reporting information of the second base station identifier The second base station identifier is an identifier of the base station selected by the user equipment after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station; or the second base station identifier is that the first base station receives the identifier After the access request information sent by the user equipment, the identifier of the user equipment accessing the base station is specified.
具体地, 所述用户设备在监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后, 可采用 上述实施例八或实施例九所述的方法中描述的过程选择所述第二基站 ,具体内 容可参见上述实施例七或实施例八, 此处不再赘述。 其中, 所述接入请求信息 可以是随机接入扰码。  Specifically, after the user equipment is listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, the second base station may be selected by using the process described in the foregoing method of the eighth embodiment or the ninth embodiment. See the seventh embodiment or the eighth embodiment, and details are not described herein again. The access request information may be a random access scrambling code.
如图 13所示, 本发明实施例十提供的接入方法的流程示意图。如图所示, 本实施例所述方法, 包括:  FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart diagram of an access method according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the method in this embodiment includes:
步骤 1001、 第二基站接收第一基站发送的携带有用户设备标识的获取请 求。  Step 1001: The second base station receives an acquisition request that is sent by the first base station and carries the user equipment identifier.
步骤 1002、 所述第二基站为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 / 或上行资源。  Step 1002: The second base station configures a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource for the user equipment.
步骤 1003、 所述第二基站向所述第一基站返回携带有所述第二基站标识, 以及小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源的获取响应, 以使所述第一基站将 所述获取响应转发至所述用户设备,使所述用户在监听到所述第一基站发送的 寻呼消息后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站 发送接入请求。  Step 1003: The second base station returns, to the first base station, an acquisition response that carries the second base station identifier, and a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource, so that the first base station obtains the acquiring Responding to the user equipment, after the user listens to the paging message sent by the first base station, and sends an access request to the second base station by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource. .
这里需要说明的是: 在异构网络中, 一个宏基站下覆盖有多个接入节点, 这些节点为可以是小基站 Pico, 室内基站 Femto, 低移动性基站 LoMo, 本地 无线接入点 AP, 低功率发射节点( Low Power Node, LPN )等。 这些接入节点 均不具有下发寻呼消息的功能。 只有宏基站具有下发寻呼消息的功能。 所述用 户设备选择驻留在具有下发寻呼消息功能的宏基站 (即本实施例中的第一基 站)下, 而避免驻留在覆盖在所述宏基站下的接入节点。 本实施例十也适用于 异构网络中, 所述第二基站为所述第一基站覆盖下的一个接入节点。本实施例 十可基于上述实施例七或实施例八, 为了均衡宏基站与接入节点的负载, 所述 用户设备在接收到寻呼消息后,所述用户设备选择接入节点或根据宏基站的指 示选择接入节点, 向所述接入节点(即第二基站)发送上行数据, 以进行后续 的连接等操作, 由接入节点为用户设备提供相应的服务, 降低宏基站的负担。 其中,所述第一基站采用本实施例十的方法获取第二基站为用户设备配置的小 区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源, 并将所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上 行资源转发给用户设备, 以使用户设备根据所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或 上行资源向第二基站发送接入请求, 以便与所述第二基站建立连接。 采用本实 施例十所述的方法, 可以有效地加快用户设备接入第二基站的速度。 It should be noted that: In a heterogeneous network, a macro base station is covered by multiple access nodes, which may be a small base station Pico, an indoor base station Femto, a low mobility base station LoMo, a local wireless access point AP, Low Power Node (LPN), etc. These access nodes None of them have the function of sending a paging message. Only the macro base station has the function of sending a paging message. The user equipment is selected to reside in a macro base station (ie, the first base station in this embodiment) having the function of sending a paging message, and avoids camping on an access node that is under the macro base station. The tenth embodiment is also applicable to a heterogeneous network, and the second base station is an access node that is covered by the first base station. The tenth embodiment may be based on the foregoing seventh embodiment or the eighth embodiment. In order to balance the load between the macro base station and the access node, after the user equipment receives the paging message, the user equipment selects the access node or according to the macro base station. The indication selects an access node, and sends uplink data to the access node (ie, the second base station) to perform operations such as subsequent connections, and the access node provides corresponding services for the user equipment, thereby reducing the burden on the macro base station. The first base station acquires the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment by using the method in the tenth embodiment, and forwards the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource to the And the user equipment, so that the user equipment sends an access request to the second base station according to the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource, so as to establish a connection with the second base station. With the method described in the tenth embodiment, the speed at which the user equipment accesses the second base station can be effectively accelerated.
需要说明的是: 对于前述的各方法实施例, 为了简单描述, 故将其都表述 为一系列的动作组合,但是本领域技术人员应该知悉, 本发明并不受所描述的 动作顺序的限制,因为依据本发明,某些步骤可以采用其他顺序或者同时进行。 其次, 本领域技术人员也应该知悉,说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施 例, 所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本发明所必须的。  It should be noted that, for the foregoing method embodiments, for the sake of simple description, they are all expressed as a series of action combinations, but those skilled in the art should understand that the present invention is not limited by the described action sequence. Because certain steps may be performed in other sequences or concurrently in accordance with the present invention. In addition, those skilled in the art should also understand that the embodiments described in the specification are all preferred embodiments, and the actions and modules involved are not necessarily required by the present invention.
在上述实施例中, 对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重, 某个实施例中没有详 述的部分, 可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。  In the above embodiments, the descriptions of the various embodiments are different, and the details are not described in the specific embodiments. For details, refer to related descriptions of other embodiments.
如图 14所示,本发明实施例十一提供的基站的结构示意图。如图 14所示, 本实施例所述的基站包括: 第一发送模块 10和第二发送模块 11。 所述第一发 送模块 11用于在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指 示的发送期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息。 第二发送模块 11用于向用户设备 发送监听指示信息,以使所述用户设备根据所述监听指示信息,确定监听位置, 并在所述监听位置处监听所述寻呼消息, 其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息 为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应预设周期内的一预设发送期。本实施例所 述的基站可实现上述实施例一所述的寻呼方法,具体实现过程可参见上述实施 例一中所述的内容, 此处不再赘述。 FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the base station in this embodiment includes: a first sending module 10 and a second sending module 11. The first sending module 11 is configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern. The second sending module 11 is configured to send the monitoring indication information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines the listening position according to the monitoring indication information. And the paging message is monitored at the listening position, where the sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period. The base station in this embodiment can implement the paging method in the foregoing Embodiment 1. For the specific implementation process, refer to the content in the foregoing Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例中基站仅在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指 示信息指示的发送期内发送寻呼消息,在非连续发送周期的非激活期内或在预 设图样的预设周期的除发送指示信息指示的发送期以外的时间内基站均处于 休眠状态。本实施例基站将要发送的寻呼消息均控制在非连续发送周期的激活 期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送,进而可以充分地利用 几个特定子帧而造成的时间资源浪费; 同时,基站在非连续发送周期的非激活 期内或在预设图样的预设周期的除发送指示信息指示的发送期以外的时间内 有了休眠期, 降低了基站的能耗。  In this embodiment, the base station sends a paging message only during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, during the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset pattern. The base station is in a sleep state for a period of time other than the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information in the preset period. In this embodiment, the paging message to be sent by the base station is controlled to be sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, so that the specific subframe can be fully utilized. The time resource is wasted; at the same time, the base station has a sleep period in the non-active period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset period of the preset pattern except the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the base station. .
进一步地,上述实施例中所述的第二发送模块具体用于当所述第一发送模 块在非连续发送周期的激活期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息时,向所述用户设备 发送携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数的监听指示信息; 或者, 向 所述用户设备发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指示信息; 或 者,向所述用户设备发送携带有非连续发送周期的激活期信息并用于指示所述 用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息, 其中, 所述指定子帧为距 所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的 激活期内的子帧;当所述第一发送模块在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送 期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息时,向所述用户设备发送携带有发送所述寻呼消 息的发送位置的监听指示信息。  Further, the second sending module, which is described in the foregoing embodiment, is specifically configured to: when the first sending module sends a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, send the carrying information to the user equipment And transmitting, to the user equipment, the interception indication information that carries the sending location of the paging message; or sending the interception indication information to the user equipment The activation period information of the continuous transmission period is used to indicate that the user equipment uses the specified subframe as the monitoring indication information of the listening position, where the designated subframe is the previous or the last of the listening position determined by the user equipment itself. a subframe of an activation period of a discontinuous transmission period; when the first sending module sends a paging message to the user equipment during a transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, sending, sending, and transmitting to the user equipment The intercept indication information of the sending position of the paging message.
进一步地, 所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,或者所述激 活期包括:所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期和所述非连续发送周期的固定休 眠期内设定的强制激活期; 其中, 所述强制激活期小于或等于述固定休眠期。 相应地, 所述第一发送模块包括: 第一获取单元、 确定单元和第一发送单元。 其中,所述第一获取单元用于当在非连续发送周期的激活期内向用户设备发送 寻呼消息, 且所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期时, 获取非连续 发送周期、 非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用 户设备的实际寻呼周期以及预配置寻呼参数。所述确定单元用于根据所述非连 续发送周期、 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述 用户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期,确定所述非连续发送周 期的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号以及所述子帧所属 帧号对应的子帧上, 向所述用户设备发送寻呼消息。 或者, 所述第一发送模块 包括: 第二发送单元。该第二发送单元用于在所述非连续发送周期的固定激活 期和所述非连续发送周期的固定休眠期内设定的强制激活期内,向所述用户设 备发送寻呼消息。 或者, 所述第一发送模块包括: 第三发送单元。 该第三发送 单元用于在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内,向用户设备发送寻呼消 息。 Further, the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, or the activation period includes: a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period and a fixed period of the discontinuous transmission period a forced activation period set during the sleep period; wherein the forced activation period is less than or equal to the fixed sleep period. Correspondingly, the first sending module includes: a first acquiring unit, a determining unit, and a first sending unit. The first obtaining unit is configured to: when a paging message is sent to the user equipment during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, and the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, acquiring a discontinuous transmission period And a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a device identifier of the user equipment, an actual paging period of the user equipment, and a pre-configured paging parameter. The determining unit is configured to use, according to the discontinuous transmission period, a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameter, a device identifier of the user equipment, and an actual paging period of the user equipment. Determining, in a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a subframe number of a subframe for transmitting the paging message, and a subframe corresponding to a frame number to which the subframe belongs, sending a paging to the user equipment. Message. Or the first sending module includes: a second sending unit. The second sending unit is configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during a mandatory activation period set by the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period and the fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission period. Or the first sending module includes: a third sending unit. The third sending unit is configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during a sending period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern.
其中, 上述的确定单元具体用于根据所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户 设备的实际寻呼周期和所述预配置寻呼参数, 采用如下第一公式计算帧号初 值:  The determining unit is specifically configured to calculate an initial value of the frame number according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging period of the user equipment, and the pre-configured paging parameter by using the following first formula:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )  SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE — ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, Τ为所述用户设备的实际 寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述用户设备的设备标识,ηΒ为所述预配置寻呼参数, div 表示取商的整数运算, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值; 根据所述帧号初值、所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、所述非连续发送周期和所 述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值映射到 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内对应的帧号,该帧号即为所述基站用于发 送所述寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, Τ is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, and ηΒ is the pre-configuration Paging parameter, div represents the integer operation of the quotient, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the minimum value of the two numbers; according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, And the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period and the discontinuous transmission period, where the initial value of the frame number is mapped to a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period by using a preset mapping rule, where The frame number is used by the base station to send The frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe to which the paging message is sent belongs.
上述 nB通常的取值范围为 {4T, 2Τ, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16 , Τ/32} , 该取值范围仅是举例, 本发明实施例不仅限于此, 所述 nB还可取其他值。 所 述用户设备的实际寻呼周期可以为所述用户设备工作在非连续发送模式下的 非连续发送周期。 所述预设的映射规则可具体为如下第二公式:  The value range of the above-mentioned nB is {4T, 2Τ, Τ, Τ/2, Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/16, Τ/32}, and the value range is only an example, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to Therefore, the nB may take other values. The actual paging cycle of the user equipment may be a non-continuous transmission period in which the user equipment operates in a discontinuous transmission mode. The preset mapping rule may be specifically the following second formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2+( SFN mod T ) mod Tj SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 +( SFN mod T ) mod Tj
其中,所述 SFN'为所述基站用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN为所述帧号初值, Ί\为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, T2为所述非 连续发送周期, Τ为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者 等于指定表达式 *的最大整数; 所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期可以为所述用户 设备工作在非连续发送模式下的非连续发送周期。 The SFN′ is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send a paging message belongs, SFN is an initial value of the frame number, and Ί\ is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, T 2 is the discontinuous transmission period, where Τ is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, and floor (*) indicates that the maximum integer is less than or equal to the specified expression*; the actual paging cycle of the user equipment may be The discontinuous transmission period in which the user equipment operates in the discontinuous transmission mode.
或者, 所述预设的映射规则可具体为如下第三公式:  Alternatively, the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following third formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ) SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) )
其中, F(*)表示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数;  Where F(*) represents an integer greater than, less than, or closest to the specified expression *;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则可具体为如下第四公式:  Alternatively, the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following fourth formula:
SFN' = floor ( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T2 ) ) ) ; SFN' = floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T 2 ) ) ) ;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则可具体为如下第五公式:  Alternatively, the preset mapping rule may be specifically the following fifth formula:
SFN' mod T2 = floor( ( ΊΧΙ Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) ) SFN' mod T 2 = floor( ( Ί Χ Ι Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) )
其中, N,=T或 Τ2Where N, =T or Τ 2 .
进一步地, 上述确定单元具体用于根据所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、 所 述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活 期, 采用如下第六公式计算第一索引值:  Further, the determining unit is specifically configured to adopt, according to the actual paging period of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, adopting the following sixth The formula calculates the first index value:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值:  Alternatively, the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ21 Ύχ) χ(Τ/ Τ2)) 其中, Ns为所述第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取 值范围为 {4Τ, 2Τ, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16 , Τ/32} , 为所述非连续发送周 期, Τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周 期, F(*)表示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (*, *)表示取两 数中大的值; 根据所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激 活期, 采用如下第八公式计算第二索引值: Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 1 Ύ χ ) χ(Τ/ Τ 2 )) Ns is the first index value, nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, and the value range of the nB is {4Τ, 2Τ, Τ, Τ/2, Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/ 16 , Τ / 32} , for the discontinuous transmission period, Τ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, Τ is an actual paging period of the user equipment, and F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than or less than Or an integer that is closest to the specified expression *, max (*, *) represents a value that is the largest of the two numbers; according to the device identifier of the user equipment, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging The parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the second index value is calculated by using the following eighth formula:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns  I_s=floor (UE—ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i— s为所述第二索引值, UE— ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值; 根据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值 和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。  Where N=min (T, nB), i_s is the second index value, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers; according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number And acquiring, by the first index value, a subframe number corresponding to the second index value.
再进一步地, 上述包括第一获取单元、确定单元和第一发送单元的第一发 送模块, 还包括: 第二获取单元和修正单元。 其中, 所述第二获取单元用于获 取所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值。所述修正单元用于根 据所述起始时刻偏移值, 修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧 号。即所述修正单元根据所述起始时刻偏移值修正所述确定单元确定的无线帧 的帧号。  Further, the first sending module that includes the first obtaining unit, the determining unit, and the first sending unit further includes: a second acquiring unit and a correcting unit. The second acquiring unit is configured to obtain a starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period. The correcting unit is configured to correct a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the start time offset value. That is, the correction unit corrects the frame number of the radio frame determined by the determining unit according to the start time offset value.
其中, 所述修正单元具体用于根据所述起始时刻偏移值, 采用如下第九公 式修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号:  The correcting unit is specifically configured to: according to the starting time offset value, modify a frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the following ninth formula:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )  SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN,为所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0为所述用于发送 寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述起始时刻偏移值。  The SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs, and the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs, and P0 is used for the foregoing. The subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is sent, dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value.
再进一步地,所述第三发送单元具体用于当在预设图样的发送指示信息指 示的发送期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息时,若所述发送指示信息为无线帧级别 指示信息,则确定所述无线帧级别指示信息指示的无线帧内用于发送所述寻呼 消息的子帧,在所述子帧上向用户设备发送所述寻呼消息, 若所述发送指示信 息为子帧级别指示信息,则在所述子帧级别指示信息指示的子帧上向用户设备 发送所述寻呼消息。 Further, the third sending unit is specifically configured to: when the sending indication information in the preset pattern is If the sending indication information is a radio frame level indication information, the radio frame level indication information is used to send the sub a frame, the paging message is sent to the user equipment in the subframe, and if the sending indication information is the subframe level indication information, the subframe is sent to the user equipment in the subframe indicated by the subframe level indication information. Said paging message.
如图 15所示,本发明实施例十二提供的基站的结构示意图。如图 15所示, 本实施例所述基站基于上述实施例十一, 还包括: 接收模块 12。 其中, 所述 接收模块 12用于在所述第一发送模块 10向用户设备发送寻呼消息之后,开启 上行定时器,以在上行定时器的开启时间至所述上行定时器设定时间内接收所 述用户设备发送的上行数据。  FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 12 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15, the base station in this embodiment is further configured to include the receiving module 12 based on the foregoing eleventh embodiment. The receiving module 12 is configured to: after the first sending module 10 sends a paging message to the user equipment, enable an uplink timer to receive the uplink timer in the set time of the uplink timer. The uplink data sent by the user equipment.
进一步地,所述第二发送模块 11还用于在所述接收模块 12接收到所述用 户设备发送的上行数据之后, 开启下行定时器, 以在下行定时器的开启时间至 所述下行定时器设定时间内向所述用户设备返回所述上行数据相应的响应信 息。  Further, the second sending module 11 is further configured to: after the receiving module 12 receives the uplink data sent by the user equipment, enable a downlink timer to start the downlink timer to the downlink timer. Returning corresponding response information of the uplink data to the user equipment within a set time.
再进一步地,基于上述实施例十一或实施例十二, 所述第二发送模块还用 于向所述用户设备发送携带有至少一个工作于非连续发送工作模式下基站的 基站标识的消息,以使所述用户设备避免驻留在所述消息中携带的基站标识对 应的基站下监听寻呼消息。  Further, based on the foregoing eleventh embodiment or the twelfth embodiment, the second sending module is further configured to send, to the user equipment, a message carrying at least one base station identifier of a base station operating in a discontinuous transmission working mode, The user equipment is prevented from listening to the paging message under the base station corresponding to the base station identifier carried in the message.
如图 16所示, 本发明实施例十三提供的用户设备的结构示意图。 如图 16 所示, 本实施例所述的用户设备, 包括: 接收模块 20、 确定模块 21和监听模 块 22。 其中, 所述接收模块 20用于接收基站发送的监听指示信息。 所述确定 模块 21用于根据所述监听指示信息,确定监听位置。 所述监听模块 22用于在 所述监听位置处,监听所述基站在所述非连续发送周期的激活期内或在所述预 设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送的寻呼消息。 其中, 所述预设图样 的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应预设周期内的一预设发送 期。本实施例所述的用户设备可实现上述实施例六所述的方法, 具体实现过程 可参见上述实施例六中的内容, 此处不再赘述。 FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the user equipment in this embodiment includes: a receiving module 20, a determining module 21, and a listening module 22. The receiving module 20 is configured to receive the monitoring indication information sent by the base station. The determining module 21 is configured to determine a listening position according to the monitoring indication information. The monitoring module 22 is configured to: at the listening position, listen to a paging message sent by the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or a transmission period indicated by a sending indication information of the preset pattern. . The sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending in a preset period. Period. The user equipment in this embodiment can implement the method in the foregoing Embodiment 6. For the specific implementation process, refer to the content in the foregoing Embodiment 6, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例中基站将要发送的寻呼消息均控制在非连续发送周期的激活期 内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送,进而可以充分地利用发 个特定子帧而造成的时间资源浪费;同时基站在非连续发送周期的非激活期内 或在预设图样的预设周期的除发送指示信息指示的发送期以外的时间内有了 休眠期, 降低了基站的能耗。  In this embodiment, the paging message to be sent by the base station is controlled to be sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, so that the specific subframe may be fully utilized. The time resource is wasted; at the same time, the base station has a sleep period in the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset period of the preset pattern except the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the base station. .
进一步地, 所述确定模块可采用如下结构实现。 具体地, 所述确定模块包 括: 第一确定单元、 第二确定单元和第三确定单元。 其中, 所述第一确定单元 用于当所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数的 指示信息时,根据所述非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数,确定监听位置。 所述第二确定单元用于当所述监听指示信息为携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发 送位置的指示信息时, 确定所述发送位置为监听位置。 所述第三确定单元, 用 于当所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期的激活期信息并用于指示所 述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息时,确定所述指定子帧为 监听位置, 其中, 所述指定子帧为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的 前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧时。  Further, the determining module may be implemented by the following structure. Specifically, the determining module includes: a first determining unit, a second determining unit, and a third determining unit. The first determining unit is configured to: when the interception indication information is the indication information that carries the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, according to the discontinuous transmission period parameter and the pre-configured paging parameter, Determine the listening position. And the second determining unit is configured to determine, when the interception indication information is the indication information that carries the sending location of the paging message, that the sending location is a listening location. The third determining unit is configured to determine the designation when the monitoring indication information is the activation period information carrying the discontinuous transmission period and is used to indicate that the user equipment uses the designated subframe as the monitoring position information. The subframe is a listening position, where the designated subframe is a subframe in an activation period of a previous or next discontinuous transmission period that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
其中, 所述第一确定单元可采用如下结构实现。 具体地, 所述第一确定单 元包括: 获取子单元和确定子单元。 其中, 所述获取子单元用于获取用户设备 数、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述设备标识和所述实际寻呼周期, 确定监听寻呼 消息的子帧的子帧号以及所述子帧所属的无线帧的帧号。 发送周期和非连续发送周期的激活期,其中所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期 的固定激活期时,根据所述设备标识、所述实际寻呼周期和所述预配置寻呼参 数, 采用如下第一公式计算帧号初值: The first determining unit may be implemented by the following structure. Specifically, the first determining unit includes: an obtaining subunit and a determining subunit. The acquiring subunit is configured to acquire the number of the user equipment, the pre-configured paging parameter, the device identifier, and the actual paging period, determine a subframe number of the subframe that listens to the paging message, and the sub-frame. The frame number of the radio frame to which the frame belongs. An activation period of a transmission period and a discontinuous transmission period, wherein the activation period is the discontinuous transmission period The fixed initial period, the initial value of the frame number is calculated according to the device identifier, the actual paging cycle, and the pre-configured paging parameter by using the following first formula:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )  SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE — ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, T为所述实际寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述设备标识, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2 , T/4, T/8 , T/16, T/32} , div表示取商的整数运算, mod 表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值; 根据所述帧号初值、 所述实 际寻呼周期、所述非连续发送周期和所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, 采用 预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值映射到所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内 对应的帧号, 该帧号即为监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 续发送周期和非连续发送周期的激活期,其中所述激活期为所述非连续发送周 期的固定激活期时, 才艮据所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述非连 续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第六公式计算第 一索引值:  Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, T is the actual paging cycle, UE_ID is the device identifier, and nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, The value range of nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32}, div represents the integer operation of the quotient, mod represents the modulo operation, min( *, *) indicates taking the minimum value of the two numbers; using a preset mapping according to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle, the discontinuous transmission period, and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period The rule maps the initial value of the frame number to a frame number corresponding to a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, where the frame number is a frame number of a radio frame to which the subframe in which the paging message is monitored belongs. And an activation period of the continuous transmission period and the discontinuous transmission period, wherein the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, according to the actual paging period, the pre-configured paging parameter, The discontinuous transmission period and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period are calculated by the following sixth formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值:  Alternatively, the first index value is calculated using the seventh formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ2 / T χ(Τ2 / Τ)) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 / T χ(Τ 2 / Τ))
其中, 所述 Ns为第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取 值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16, Τ/32} , 为所述非连续发送周 期, Τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述实际寻呼周期, F(*)表 示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (*, *)表示取两数中大的 值; 根据所述设备标识、 所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述非连 续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第八公式计算第 二索引值: The Ns is a first index value, nB is the pre-configured paging parameter, and the value range of the nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2, Τ/4, Τ/8, Τ/ 16, Τ/32}, for the discontinuous transmission period, Τ 2 is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, Τ is the actual paging period, and F(*) indicates that the ratio is greater than, less than, or closest to Specifying an integer of the expression *, max (*, *) means taking a large value of the two numbers; according to the device identifier, the actual paging cycle, the pre-configured paging parameter, the discontinuous transmission period, and For a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the second index value is calculated by using the following eighth formula:
i_s=floor (UE— ID / N) mod Ns 其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i— s为所述第二索引值, UE— ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值; 根据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值 和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。 I_s=floor (UE—ID / N) mod Ns Where N=min (T, nB), i_s is the second index value, UE_ID is the device identifier of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) Indicates that the largest integer is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod represents the modulo operation, and min(*, *) represents the small value of the two numbers; according to the correspondence between the first index value and the second index value and the subframe number And acquiring, by the first index value, a subframe number corresponding to the second index value.
再进一步地, 所述第一确定单元还包括: 修正子单元。 所述修正子单元用 刻偏移值时,根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值,修正 监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。  Further, the first determining unit further includes: a modifying subunit. When the correction subunit uses the offset value, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs is corrected according to the start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
具体地,所述修正子单元用于根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起 始时刻偏移值,采用如下第九公式修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线 帧的帧号:  Specifically, the modifying subunit is configured to correct, according to a start time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, a radio frame to which the subframe for transmitting the paging message belongs according to the following ninth formula Frame number:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )  SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN,为 所述监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0 为所述监听寻呼消息的子帧 的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述非连续发送周期的激活期的起始时刻偏移值。  The SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the corrected paging message belongs, and the SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the interception paging message belongs, and P0 is the interception paging message. The subframe number of the subframe, dtxStartOffset is the start time offset value of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period.
再进一步地,所述接收模块还用于接收所述基站发送的携带有至少一个工 作于非连续发送工作模式下的其他基站的基站标识的消息,以根据所述消息选 择避免驻留在所述消息中携带的基站标识对应的基站下监听寻呼消息。  Further, the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the base station, a message that carries at least one base station identifier of another base station operating in a discontinuous transmission working mode, to avoid camping in the message according to the message selection. The base station identifier carried in the message is monitored by the base station corresponding to the base station identifier.
如图 17所示, 本发明实施例十四提供的通信系统的原理示意图。 所述通 信系统包括基站 30和用户设备 31。 其中, 所述基站 30用于在非连续发送周 期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内,向用户设备发送 寻呼消息; 向用户设备发送监听指示信息, 以使所述用户设备根据所述监听指 示信息, 确定监听位置, 并在所述监听位置处监听寻呼消息; 其中, 所述预设 图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应预设周期内的一预设 发送期。 所述用户设备 31用于接收基站发送的监听指示信息; 根据所述监听 指示信息, 确定监听位置; 在所述监听位置处, 监听所述基站在所述非连续发 送周期的激活期内或在所述预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送的 寻呼消息; 其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个, 每个发送指示信 息对应预设周期内的一预设发送期。具体地, 所述基站可采用上述实施例十一 或实施例十二提供的基站。所述用户设备科采用上述实施例十三提供的用户设 备。 FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing the principle of a communication system according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention. The communication system includes a base station 30 and a user equipment 31. The base station 30 is configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the sending indication information of the preset pattern; and send the monitoring indication information to the user equipment, so that The user equipment determines the listening position according to the monitoring indication information, and monitors the paging message at the listening position. The sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset. A preset transmission period within the period. The user equipment 31 is configured to receive the monitoring indication information sent by the base station; Instructing information, determining a listening position; monitoring, at the listening position, a paging message sent by the base station during an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or a transmission period indicated by a sending indication information of the preset pattern The sending indication information of the preset pattern is at least one, and each sending indication information corresponds to a preset sending period in a preset period. Specifically, the base station may adopt the base station provided in the foregoing eleventh embodiment or the twelfth embodiment. The user equipment department adopts the user equipment provided in the foregoing thirteenth embodiment.
本实施例中基站将要发送的寻呼消息均控制在非连续发送周期的激活期 内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送,进而可以充分地利用发 个特定子帧而造成的时间资源浪费;同时基站在非连续发送周期的非激活期内 或在预设图样的预设周期的除发送指示信息指示的发送期以外的时间内有了 休眠期, 降低了基站的能耗。  In this embodiment, the paging message to be sent by the base station is controlled to be sent during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission period or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information of the preset pattern, so that the specific subframe may be fully utilized. The time resource is wasted; at the same time, the base station has a sleep period in the inactive period of the discontinuous transmission period or in the preset period of the preset pattern except the transmission period indicated by the transmission indication information, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the base station. .
如图 18所示, 本发明实施例十五提供的用户设备的结构示意图。 如图 18 所示, 所述用户设备包括: 选择或确定模块 40和发送模块 41。 其中, 所述选 择或确定模块 40用于监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后选择第二基站; 或者 监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后获取触发信息,当所述触发信息为携带有第 二基站标识的指示信息时,根据所述第二基站标识确定第二基站, 当所述触发 信息为携带有条件信息的触发信息时, 判断所述条件信息是否满足预设条件, 若所述条件信息满足预设条件, 则选择第二基站。 所述发送模块 41用于向所 述第二基站发送上行数据。具体地, 本实施例所述的用户设备可实现上述实施 例七或八所述的上行数据发送方法,具体实现过程可参见上述实施例七或八中 的内容, 此处不再赘述。  FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 18, the user equipment includes: a selection or determination module 40 and a transmission module 41. The selecting or determining module 40 is configured to: after receiving the paging message sent by the first base station, select the second base station; or after receiving the paging message sent by the first base station, obtain the trigger information, where the trigger information is carried. When the indication information of the second base station is used, the second base station is determined according to the identifier of the second base station, and when the trigger information is trigger information carrying condition information, determining whether the condition information meets a preset condition, if When the condition information satisfies the preset condition, the second base station is selected. The sending module 41 is configured to send uplink data to the second base station. For example, the user equipment in this embodiment can implement the method for transmitting the uplink data according to the foregoing Embodiment 7 or 8. For the specific implementation process, refer to the content in the seventh or eighth embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例用户设备在监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后,直接选择向第二 基站发送上行数据,或在触发信息指示的情况下向第二基站发送上行数据,或 在触发信息携带的条件信息满足预设条件时选择向第二基站发送上行数据,由 第二基站为用户设备提供相应的服务, 可有效均衡各基站之间的负载,避免基 站负载过重影响通信。 In this embodiment, after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, the user equipment directly selects to send uplink data to the second base station, or sends uplink data to the second base station if the trigger information is indicated, or is carried in the trigger information. When the condition information meets the preset condition, the uplink data is selected to be sent to the second base station, and The second base station provides a corresponding service for the user equipment, which can effectively balance the load between the base stations, and avoids excessive load on the base station to affect the communication.
进一步地,所述选择或确定模块具体用于当所述条件信息为所述第一基站 的负载时, 判断所述第一基站的负载是否大于预设负载阔值, 当所述第一基站 的负载大于预设负载阔值时确定所述条件信息满足预设条件;当所述条件信息 为所述寻呼消息中携带的业务类型时, 判断所述业务类型是否为突发业务类 型, 当所述业务类型为突发业务类型时确定所述条件信息满足预设条件。  Further, the selecting or determining module is specifically configured to: when the condition information is the load of the first base station, determine whether the load of the first base station is greater than a preset load threshold, when the first base station is When the load is greater than the preset load threshold, the condition information is determined to satisfy a preset condition; when the condition information is a service type carried in the paging message, determining whether the service type is a burst service type, When the service type is a burst service type, it is determined that the condition information satisfies a preset condition.
再进一步地, 所述选择或确定模块具体用于测量附近所有基站的信号质 量; 选择信号质量大于预设质量阔值的基站为所述第二基站。  Further, the selecting or determining module is specifically configured to measure signal quality of all base stations in the vicinity; and selecting a base station whose signal quality is greater than a preset mass threshold is the second base station.
再进一步地, 所述用户设备还包括: 接收模块。 所述接收模块用于接收所 述第一基站发送的携带有用于发送所述上行数据的上行资源的信息。所述发送 模块具体用于利用所述上行资源向所述第二基站发送上行数据。  Further, the user equipment further includes: a receiving module. The receiving module is configured to receive information that is sent by the first base station and carries an uplink resource that is used to send the uplink data. The sending module is specifically configured to send uplink data to the second base station by using the uplink resource.
如图 19所示, 本发明实施例十六提供的通信系统的原理示意图。 如图所 示, 所述通信系统包括: 第一基站 50、 第二基站 51和用户设备 52。 其中, 所 述用户设备 52用于监听到第一基站 50发送的寻呼消息后选择第二基站 51 ; 或者监听到第一基站 51发送的寻呼消息后获取触发信息, 当所述触发信息为 携带有第二基站标识的指示信息时, 根据所述第二基站标识确定第二基站 51 , 当所述触发信息为携带有条件信息的触发信息时,判断所述条件信息是否满足 预设条件, 若所述条件信息满足预设条件, 则选择第二基站 51 ; 向所述第二 基站 51发送上行数据。 具体地, 所述用户设备可采用上述实施例十五所述的 用户设备。  FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing the principle of a communication system according to Embodiment 16 of the present invention. As shown, the communication system includes: a first base station 50, a second base station 51, and a user equipment 52. The user equipment 52 is configured to select the second base station 51 after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station 50, or obtain the trigger information after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station 51, when the trigger information is When the indication information of the second base station identifier is carried, determining, by the second base station identifier, the second base station 51, when the trigger information is trigger information carrying the condition information, determining whether the condition information meets a preset condition, If the condition information satisfies a preset condition, the second base station 51 is selected; and the uplink data is transmitted to the second base station 51. Specifically, the user equipment may adopt the user equipment described in the above fifteenth embodiment.
本实施例用户设备在监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后,直接选择向第二 基站发送上行数据,或在触发信息指示的情况下向第二基站发送上行数据,或 在触发信息携带的条件信息满足预设条件时选择向第二基站发送上行数据,由 第二基站为用户设备提供相应的服务, 可有效均衡各基站之间的负载,避免基 站负载过重影响通信。 In this embodiment, after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station, the user equipment directly selects to send uplink data to the second base station, or sends uplink data to the second base station if the trigger information is indicated, or is carried in the trigger information. When the condition information meets the preset condition, the uplink data is selected to be sent to the second base station, and the second base station provides the corresponding service for the user equipment, which can effectively balance the load between the base stations and avoid the base. Station overload is too much to affect communication.
如图 20所示,本发明实施例十七提供的基站的结构示意图。如图 20所示, 所述基站包括: 发送模块 61、 接收模块 62和转发模块 63。 所述发送模块 61 用于向第二基站发送携带有用户设备标识的获取请求,以使所述第二基站根据 所述获取请求, 为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源。 所述接收模块 62用于接收所述第二基站返回的携带有所述第二基站的基站标 识, 以及所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或所述上行资源的获取响应。 所述转 发模块 63用于将所述获取响应发送至所述用户设备, 以使所述用户设备在监 听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或 上行资源向所述第二基站发送接入请求。具体地, 本实施例所述的基站可实现 上述实施例九提供的接入方法, 具体时间过程可参见上述实施例九的内容, 此 处不再赘述。  FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 17 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 20, the base station includes: a sending module 61, a receiving module 62, and a forwarding module 63. The sending module 61 is configured to send, to the second base station, an acquisition request that carries the user equipment identifier, so that the second base station configures a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource for the user equipment according to the obtaining request. . The receiving module 62 is configured to receive, by the second base station, a base station identifier that carries the second base station, and the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource acquisition response. The forwarding module 63 is configured to send the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that the user equipment uses the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station. Or the uplink resource sends an access request to the second base station. Specifically, the base station in this embodiment can implement the access method provided in the foregoing embodiment 9. For the specific time process, refer to the content of the foregoing embodiment IX, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例第一基站通过与第二基站之间的通信交互以获得第二基站为用 户设备配置的小区无线网络临时标识和上行资源,并将所述小区无线网络临时 标识和上行资源转发给用户设备,以使用户设备根据所述上行资源向第二基站 发送接入请求, 以便与所述第二基站建立连接。本实施例可以有效地加快用户 设备接入第二基站的速度。  In this embodiment, the first base station obtains the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment by using the communication interaction with the second base station, and forwards the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource to the user. The device, so that the user equipment sends an access request to the second base station according to the uplink resource, so as to establish a connection with the second base station. This embodiment can effectively speed up the access of the user equipment to the second base station.
进一步地,所述接收模块还用于接收所述用户设备发送的接入请求信息和 第二基站标识的上报信息, 其中, 所述第二基站标识为所述用户设备监听到所 述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后选择的基站的标识;或者所述第二基站标识为所 述第一基站接收到所述用户设备发送的接入请求信息后指定所述用户设备接 入基站的标识。  Further, the receiving module is further configured to receive the access request information sent by the user equipment and the report information of the second base station identifier, where the second base station identifier is that the user equipment monitors the first base station The identifier of the base station selected after the sent paging message is sent; or the second base station identifier is an identifier of the user equipment accessing the base station after the first base station receives the access request information sent by the user equipment.
如图 21所示,本发明实施例十八提供的基站的结构示意图。如图 21所示, 所述基站, 包括: 接收模块 70、 配置模块 71和反馈模块 72。 其中, 所述接收 模块 70用于接收第一基站发送的携带有用户设备标识的获取请求。 所述配置 模块 71用于为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源。 所述 反馈模块 72用于向所述第一基站返回携带有所述第二基站标识, 以及小区无 线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源的获取响应, 以使所述第一基站将所述获取响 应转发至所述用户设备, 使所述用户在监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息 后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站发送接入 请求。本实施例所述的基站可实现上述实施例十所述的接入方法, 具体实现过 程参见上述实施例十的内容, 此处不再赘述。 FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 18 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 21, the base station includes: a receiving module 70, a configuration module 71, and a feedback module 72. The receiving module 70 is configured to receive an acquisition request that is sent by the first base station and carries the user equipment identifier. The configuration The module 71 is configured to configure a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource for the user equipment. The feedback module 72 is configured to return, to the first base station, an acquisition response that carries the second base station identifier, and a cell radio network temporary identifier and/or an uplink resource, so that the first base station sends the acquisition response. Forwarding to the user equipment, after the user listens to the paging message sent by the first base station, sends an access request to the second base station by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource. The base station in this embodiment can implement the access method in the foregoing Embodiment 10. For the specific implementation process, refer to the content of the foregoing Embodiment 10, and details are not described herein again.
如图 22所示, 本发明实施例十九提供的通信系统的结构示意图。 如图 22 所示, 所述通信系统包括: 第一基站 80、 第二基站 81和用户设备 82。 其中, 所述第一基站 80用于向第二基站 81发送携带有用户设备标识的获取请求 ,以 使所述第二基站 81根据所述获取请求,为所述用户设备 82配置小区无线网络 临时标识和上行资源; 接收所述第二基站 81返回的携带有所述第二基站的基 站标识, 以及所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或所述上行资源的获取响应, 并 将所述获取响应发送至所述用户设备 82, 以使所述用户设备 82在监听到所述 第一基站 80发送的寻呼消息后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资 源向所述第二基站 81发送接入请求。 所述第二基站 81用于接收第一基站 80 发送的携带有用户设备标识的获取请求; 为所述用户设备 82配置小区无线网 络临时标识和上行资源; 向所述第一基站 80返回携带有所述第二基站标识, 以及小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源的获取响应, 以使所述第一基站 80 将所述获取响应转发至所述用户设备, 使所述用户设备 82在监听到所述第一 基站发送的寻呼消息后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所 述第二基站 81发送接入请求。 具体地, 所述第一基站可采用上述实施例十七 所述的基站, 所述第二基站可采用上述实施例十八所述的基站。  FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to Embodiment 19 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 22, the communication system includes: a first base station 80, a second base station 81, and a user equipment 82. The first base station 80 is configured to send, to the second base station 81, an acquisition request that carries the user equipment identifier, so that the second base station 81 configures the cell wireless network temporary for the user equipment 82 according to the acquisition request. And receiving, by the second base station 81, the base station identifier that carries the second base station, and the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource acquisition response, and the obtaining response Sending to the user equipment 82, after the user equipment 82 listens to the paging message sent by the first base station 80, using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or uplink resource to the second base station. 81 sends an access request. The second base station 81 is configured to receive an acquisition request that is sent by the first base station 80 and that carries the user equipment identifier; configure the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource for the user equipment 82; and return to the first base station 80 The second base station identifier, and the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource acquisition response, so that the first base station 80 forwards the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that the user equipment 82 is listening. After the paging message sent by the first base station, the access request is sent to the second base station 81 by using the cell radio network temporary identifier and/or the uplink resource. Specifically, the first base station may be the base station according to the seventeenth embodiment, and the second base station may be the base station according to the eighteenth embodiment.
本实施例第一基站通过与第二基站之间的通信交互以获得第二基站为用 户设备配置的小区无线网络临时标识和上行资源,并将所述小区无线网络临时 标识和上行资源转发给用户设备,以使用户设备根据所述上行资源向第二基站 发送接入请求, 以便与所述第二基站建立连接。本实施例可以有效地加快用户 设备接入第二基站的速度。 In this embodiment, the first base station obtains the cell radio network temporary identifier and the uplink resource configured by the second base station for the user equipment by using the communication interaction with the second base station, and temporarily The identifier and the uplink resource are forwarded to the user equipment, so that the user equipment sends an access request to the second base station according to the uplink resource, so as to establish a connection with the second base station. This embodiment can effectively speed up the access of the user equipment to the second base station.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元 中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现, 也可以采用硬件加软件功能 单元的形式实现。  In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
本文中术语"和 /或", 仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系, 表示可以存 在三种关系 , 例如, A和 /或 B , 可以表示: 单独存在 A, 同时存在 A和 B , 单独存在 B这三种情况。 另外, 本文中字符" /", 一般表示前后关联对象是一 种"或"的关系。  The term "and/or" in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which can mean: A exists separately, and both A and B exist separately. B these three situations. In addition, the character " /" in this article generally means that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
本发明各实施例提供的所述用户设备可以是无线终端,无线终端可以是指 向用户提供语音和 /或数据连通性的设备, 具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、 或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端可以是移动终端,如移动 电话(或称为"蜂窝"电话)和具有移动终端的计算机, 例如, 可以是便携式、 袖珍式、 手持式、 计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置, 它们与无线接入网交换 语言和 /或数据。例如, 个人通信业务 ( Personal Communication Service , PCS ) 电话、 无绳电话、 会话发起协议( Session Initiation Protocol, SIP )话机、 无线 本地环路( Wireless Local Loop , WLL )站、 个人数字助理( Personal Digital Assistant , PDA )等设备。  The user equipment provided by the embodiments of the present invention may be a wireless terminal, and the wireless terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connection function, or other processing connected to the wireless modem. device. The wireless terminal can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal, for example, a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device that is wireless with The access network exchanges languages and/or data. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (Personal Digital Assistants) PDA) and other equipment.
上述以软件功能单元的形式实现的集成的单元,可以存储在一个计算机可 读取存储介质中。 上述软件功能单元存储在一个存储介质中, 包括若干指令用 以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络设备等)或处 理器(processor )执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的部分步骤。 而前述的存储 介质包括: U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器(Read-Only Memory, 简称 ROM )、 随机存取存储器 (Random Access Memory, 简称 RAM )、 磁碟或者光盘等各 种可以存储程序代码的介质。 The above-described integrated unit implemented in the form of a software functional unit can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The above software functional unit is stored in a storage medium and includes instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to perform the methods of the various embodiments of the present invention. Part of the steps. The foregoing storage medium includes: a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), A variety of media that can store program code, such as Random Access Memory (RAM), disk, or optical disk.
最后应说明的是: 以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对其限 制; 尽管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的普通技术人员 应当理解: 其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其 中部分技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并不使相应技术方案的 本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。  It should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that: The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments are modified, or the equivalents of the technical features are replaced by the same. However, the modifications and substitutions do not depart from the spirit and scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention.

Claims

权 利 要 求 Rights request
1、 一种寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A paging method, characterized by including:
在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送 期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息; Send a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle or within the transmission period indicated by the transmission instruction information of the preset pattern;
向用户设备发送监听指示信息, 以使所述用户设备根据所述监听指示信 息, 确定监听位置, 并在所述监听位置处监听寻呼消息; Send monitoring instruction information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines the monitoring location based on the monitoring instruction information, and monitors the paging message at the monitoring location;
其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应 预设周期内的一预设发送期。 Wherein, there is at least one sending instruction information of the preset pattern, and each sending instruction information corresponds to a preset sending period within the preset period.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述激活期为所述非 连续发送周期的固定激活期,或者所述激活期包括: 所述非连续发送周期的固 定激活期和所述非连续发送周期的固定休眠期内设定的强制激活期; 2. The paging method according to claim 1, characterized in that, the activation period is a fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, or the activation period includes: a fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period. and a forced activation period set within the fixed dormancy period of the non-continuous transmission cycle;
其中, 所述强制激活期小于或等于述固定休眠期。 Wherein, the forced activation period is less than or equal to the fixed dormancy period.
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述向用户设备 发送监听指示信息, 包括: 3. The paging method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the sending monitoring instruction information to the user equipment includes:
若在非连续发送周期的激活期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息,则向所述用户 设备发送携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数的监听指示信息; 或 者, 向所述用户设备发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指示信 息; 或者, 向所述用户设备发送携带有非连续发送周期的激活期信息并用于指 示所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息, 其中, 所述指定子 帧为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送 周期的激活期内的子帧; If a paging message is sent to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, then the monitoring instruction information carrying the discontinuous transmission cycle parameters and the preconfigured paging parameters is sent to the user equipment; or, sending to the user equipment Carrying the monitoring indication information of the sending location for sending the paging message; or, sending activation period information carrying the discontinuous sending period to the user equipment and used to instruct the user equipment to use the specified subframe as the monitoring location. Indication information, wherein the designated subframe is a subframe within the activation period of the previous or subsequent non-continuous transmission cycle that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself;
若在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息, 则向所述用户设备发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指示信息。 If a paging message is sent to the user equipment within the transmission period indicated by the transmission instruction information of the preset pattern, then the monitoring instruction information carrying the transmission location of the paging message is sent to the user equipment.
4、 根据权利要求 3所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述寻呼消息的发送 位置包括: 用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号和 /或所述子帧的 子帧号。 4. The paging method according to claim 3, characterized in that, the sending position of the paging message includes: the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used to send the paging message belongs and/or the subframe. frame subframe number.
5、 根据权利要求 2所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述在非连续发送周 期的激活期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息, 包括: 5. The paging method according to claim 2, characterized in that, during the activation period of the discontinuous sending cycle, sending a paging message to the user equipment includes:
若所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,则获取非连续发送周 期、 非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设备 的实际寻呼周期以及预配置寻呼参数; If the activation period is the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, then obtain the non-continuous transmission period, the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, the device identification of the user equipment, and the actual paging cycle of the user equipment and preconfigured paging parameters;
根据所述非连续发送周期、所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所述预配 置寻呼参数、所述用户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期,确定 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号 以及所述子帧所属的无线帧的帧号; 发送寻呼消息。 Determine the discontinuous transmission period according to the discontinuous transmission period, the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the preconfigured paging parameters, the device identification of the user equipment and the actual paging cycle of the user equipment. The subframe number of the subframe used to send the paging message and the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe belongs within the fixed activation period of the sending cycle; sending the paging message.
6、 根据权利要求 5所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述非连续 发送周期、 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述用 户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期,确定所述非连续发送周期 的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧所属的无线帧的帧号, 包括: 根据所述用户设备的设备标识、所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期和所述预配 置寻呼参数, 采用如下第一公式计算帧号初值: 6. The paging method according to claim 5, characterized in that: according to the non-continuous transmission period, the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameters, the user equipment The device identification and the actual paging cycle of the user equipment are used to determine the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe used to send the paging message belongs within the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, including: according to the The device identification of the user equipment, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment and the preconfigured paging parameters are used to calculate the initial value of the frame number using the following first formula:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N ) SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T , nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, Τ为所述用户设备的实际 寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述用户设备的设备标识,ηΒ为所述预配置寻呼参数, div 表示取商的整数运算, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值; 根据所述帧号初值、所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、所述非连续发送周期 和所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值映 射到所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内对应的帧号,该帧号即为所述基站用 于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, UE_ID is the device identification of the user equipment, nB is the preconfigured Paging parameters, div represents the integer operation of quotient, mod represents the modulo operation, min(*, *) represents the minimum value of two numbers; According to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, The non-continuous transmission period and the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period use preset mapping rules to map the initial value of the frame number to the corresponding frame number within the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period. The frame number is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send the paging message belongs.
7、 根据权利要求 6所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述预设的映射规则 具体为如下第二公式: 7. The paging method according to claim 6, characterized in that the preset mapping rule is specifically the following second formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2+( SFN mod T ) mod Tj SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 +( SFN mod T ) mod Tj
其中,所述 SFN'为所述基站用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN为所述帧号初值, Ί\为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, T2为所述非 连续发送周期, Τ为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者 等于指定表达式 *的最大整数; Wherein, the SFN' is the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send paging messages belongs, SFN is the initial value of the frame number, Ί\ is the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, T 2 is the non-continuous transmission cycle, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) means taking the largest integer less than or equal to the specified expression *;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第三公式: Or, the preset mapping rule is specifically the following third formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ) SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) )
其中, F(*)表示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数; Among them, F(*) means taking the integer that is greater than, less than, or closest to the specified expression *;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第四公式: Or, the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fourth formula:
SFN' = floor ( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T2 ) ) ) ; SFN' = floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor ( T/ T 2 ) ) ) ;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第五公式: Or, the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fifth formula:
SFN' mod T2 = floor( ( ΊΧΙ Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) ) SFN' mod T 2 = floor( ( Ί Χ Ι Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) )
其中, N,=T或 Τ2 Among them, N,=T or Τ 2 .
8、 根据权利要求 5所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述非连续 发送周期、 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述用 户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期,确定所述非连续发送周期 的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, 包括: 8. The paging method according to claim 5, characterized in that: according to the non-continuous transmission period, the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameters, the user equipment The device identification and the actual paging cycle of the user equipment are used to determine the subframe number of the subframe used to send the paging message within the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, including:
根据所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发 送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第六公式计算第一索 引值: According to the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, the preconfigured paging parameters, the discontinuous transmission cycle and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, the following sixth formula is used to calculate the first index value:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值: Or, use the following seventh formula to calculate the first index value:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ21 Ύχ) χ(Τ/ Τ2)) 其中, Ns为所述第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 1\为所述非 连续发送周期, T2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述用户设备的 实际寻呼周期, F(*)表示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (*, *)表示取两数中大的值; Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 1 Ύ χ ) χ(Τ/ Τ 2 )) Wherein, Ns is the first index value, nB is the preconfigured paging parameter, 1\ is the non-continuous transmission period, T2 is the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, and T is the user The actual paging cycle of the device, F(*) means taking the integer that is greater than, less than, or closest to the specified expression *, max (*, *) means taking the larger of the two numbers;
根据所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、 所述预配 用如下第八公式计算第二索引值: According to the device identification of the user equipment, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, and the provisioning, the second index value is calculated using the following eighth formula:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i— s为所述第二索引值, UE— ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值; Wherein, N=min (T, nB), i-s is the second index value, UE-ID is the device identification of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) means taking the largest integer that is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod means taking the modulo operation, min(*, *) means taking the smaller of the two numbers;
才艮据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值 和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。 According to the corresponding relationship between the first index value, the second index value and the subframe number, the subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value is obtained.
9、 根据权利要求 5〜8中任一所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述在非连 续发送周期的激活期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息, 还包括: 9. The paging method according to any one of claims 5 to 8, wherein the paging message is sent to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous sending cycle, further comprising:
获取所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值; Obtain the starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission cycle;
根据所述起始时刻偏移值,修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧 的帧号。 According to the starting time offset value, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used to send the paging message belongs is corrected.
10、 根据权利要求 9所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述起始时 刻偏移值, 修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, 具体为: 根据所述起始时刻偏移值,采用如下第九公式修正所述用于发送寻呼消息 的子帧所属无线帧的帧号: 10. The paging method according to claim 9, characterized in that, based on the starting time offset value, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used to send the paging message belongs is corrected, specifically: : According to the starting time offset value, the following ninth formula is used to modify the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe used to send the paging message belongs:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 ) SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, Among them, SFN" is the corrected frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used to send paging messages belongs,
SFN,为所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0为所述用于发送 寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述起始时刻偏移值。 SFN, is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used for sending paging messages belongs, P0 is the frame number of the subframe used for sending paging messages. The subframe number of the subframe of the paging message, dtxStartOffset is the start time offset value.
11、 根据权利要求 1所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送指示信息为 无线帧级别指示信息或子帧级别指示信息; 11. The paging method according to claim 1, wherein the transmission indication information is radio frame level indication information or subframe level indication information;
相应地,在所述预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内, 向用户设备发 送寻呼消息, 包括: Correspondingly, within the sending period indicated by the sending instruction information of the preset pattern, sending a paging message to the user equipment includes:
若所述发送指示信息为无线帧级别指示信息,则确定所述无线帧级别指示 信息指示的无线帧内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧,在所述子帧上向用户设备 发送所述寻呼消息; If the transmission indication information is wireless frame level indication information, determine the subframe used to send the paging message within the wireless frame indicated by the wireless frame level indication information, and send the paging message to the user equipment on the subframe. Described paging message;
若所述发送指示信息为子帧级别指示信息,则在所述子帧级别指示信息指 示的子帧上向用户设备发送所述寻呼消息。 If the sending indication information is subframe level indication information, the paging message is sent to the user equipment on the subframe indicated by the subframe level indication information.
12、 根据权利要求 1〜11 中任一所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述在非 连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内,向用 户设备发送寻呼消息之后, 还包括: 12. The paging method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that, during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission instruction information of the preset pattern, the paging method is provided to the user. After the device sends the paging message, it also includes:
开启上行定时器,以在上行定时器的开启时间至所述上行定时器设定时间 内接收所述用户设备发送的上行数据。 Turn on the uplink timer to receive the uplink data sent by the user equipment between the start time of the uplink timer and the set time of the uplink timer.
13、 根据权利要求 12所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述开启上行定时 器,以在上行定时器的开启时间至所述上行定时器设定时间内接收所述用户设 备发送的上行数据之后, 还包括: 13. The paging method according to claim 12, characterized in that: turning on the uplink timer is to receive the uplink message sent by the user equipment from the starting time of the uplink timer to the set time of the uplink timer. After the data, it also includes:
若接收到所述用户设备发送的上行数据, 则开启下行定时器, 以在下行定 时器的开启时间至所述下行定时器设定时间内向所述用户设备返回所述上行 数据相应的响应信息。 If the uplink data sent by the user equipment is received, the downlink timer is started to return response information corresponding to the uplink data to the user equipment within the time from the start time of the downlink timer to the set time of the downlink timer.
14、 根据权利要求 1〜13中任一所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述在非 连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内,向用 户设备发送寻呼消息之前, 还包括: 14. The paging method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, characterized in that: during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission instruction information of the preset pattern, the paging method is provided to the user. Before the device sends a paging message, it also includes:
向所述用户设备发送携带有至少一个工作于非连续发送工作模式下基站 的基站标识的消息,以使所述用户设备避免驻留在所述消息中携带的基站标识 对应的基站下监听寻呼消息。 Send to the user equipment a message carrying at least one base station operating in discontinuous transmission mode. message with the base station identity carried in the message, so that the user equipment avoids camping on the base station corresponding to the base station identity carried in the message to monitor paging messages.
15、 一种寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 15. A paging method, characterized by including:
接收基站发送的监听指示信息; Receive monitoring instruction information sent by the base station;
根据所述监听指示信息, 确定监听位置; Determine the monitoring location according to the monitoring instruction information;
在所述监听位置处,监听所述基站在所述非连续发送周期的激活期内或在 所述预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送的寻呼消息; At the listening position, monitor the paging message sent by the base station during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission instruction information of the preset pattern;
其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应 预设周期内的一预设发送期。 Wherein, there is at least one sending instruction information of the preset pattern, and each sending instruction information corresponds to a preset sending period within the preset period.
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述监听 指示信息, 确定监听位置, 包括: 16. The paging method according to claim 15, characterized in that, determining the monitoring location according to the monitoring indication information includes:
若所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数的 监听指示信息, 则根据所述非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数,确定监听 位置; If the monitoring indication information is monitoring indication information carrying discontinuous transmission cycle parameters and preconfigured paging parameters, then determine the monitoring location based on the discontinuous transmission cycle parameters and preconfigured paging parameters;
若所述监听指示信息为携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指示 信息, 则确定所述发送位置为监听位置; If the monitoring indication information is monitoring indication information carrying a sending location that sends the paging message, then determine that the sending location is a monitoring location;
若所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期的激活期信息并用于指示 所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息,则确定所述指定子帧 为监听位置; If the monitoring indication information is monitoring indication information that carries activation period information of discontinuous transmission periods and is used to instruct the user equipment to use the specified subframe as the monitoring position, then determine that the specified subframe is the monitoring position;
其中,所述指定子帧为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个 或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧。 Wherein, the designated subframe is a subframe within the activation period of the previous or subsequent non-continuous transmission cycle that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
17、 根据权利要求 16所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述非连 续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数, 确定监听位置, 包括: 17. The paging method according to claim 16, characterized in that, determining the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission cycle parameters and preconfigured paging parameters includes:
获取自身的设备标识和实际寻呼周期; Obtain its own device identification and actual paging cycle;
根据所述非连续发送周期参数、 所述预配置寻呼参数、所述设备标识和所 述实际寻呼周期,确定监听寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号以及所述子帧所属的无线 帧的帧号。 According to the discontinuous transmission cycle parameters, the preconfigured paging parameters, the device identification and the The actual paging cycle determines the subframe number of the subframe in which the paging message is monitored and the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe belongs.
18、 根据权要求 17所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述非连续发送周期 参数包括: 非连续发送周期和非连续发送周期的激活期, 其中所述激活期为所 述非连续发送周期的固定激活期; 18. The paging method according to claim 17, characterized in that the discontinuous transmission cycle parameters include: a discontinuous transmission cycle and an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, wherein the activation period is the discontinuous transmission period Fixed activation period of the cycle;
相应地, 所述根据所述非连续发送周期参数、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述 设备标识和所述实际寻呼周期, 确定监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, 包括: Correspondingly, determining the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe for monitoring paging messages belongs based on the discontinuous transmission cycle parameters, the preconfigured paging parameters, the device identification and the actual paging cycle includes: :
根据所述设备标识、所述实际寻呼周期和所述预配置寻呼参数, 采用如下 第一公式计算帧号初值: According to the device identification, the actual paging cycle and the preconfigured paging parameters, the following first formula is used to calculate the initial value of the frame number:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N ) SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, T为所述实际寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述设备标识, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2 , T/4, T/8 , T/16, T/32} , div表示取商的整数运算, mod 表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值; Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, T is the actual paging cycle, UE_ID is the device identification, nB is the preconfigured paging parameter, The value range of nB is {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32}, div represents the integer operation of quotient, mod represents the modulus operation, min( *, *) means taking the minimum of two numbers;
根据所述帧号初值、所述实际寻呼周期、所述非连续发送周期和所述非连 续发送周期的固定激活期,采用预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值映射到所述非 连续发送周期的固定激活期内对应的帧号,该帧号即为监听寻呼消息的子帧所 属无线帧的帧号。 According to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging period, the non-continuous transmission period and the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, the initial value of the frame number is mapped to the The frame number corresponding to the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle. This frame number is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for monitoring paging messages belongs.
19、 根据权利要求 18所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述预设的映射规 则具体为如下第二公式: 19. The paging method according to claim 18, characterized in that the preset mapping rule is specifically the following second formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2+( SFN mod T ) mod Tj SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 +( SFN mod T ) mod Tj
其中, 所述 SFN'为所述监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN为 所述帧号初值, Ί\为所述非连续发送周期, T2为所述非连续发送周期的固定 激活期, Τ为所述实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等于指定表达式 *的 最大整数; 或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第三公式: Wherein, the SFN' is the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe of the monitoring paging message belongs, SFN is the initial value of the frame number, Ί\ is the discontinuous transmission period, and T2 is the discontinuous transmission The fixed activation period of the cycle, T is the actual paging cycle, floor (*) means taking the largest integer that is less than or equal to the specified expression *; Or, the preset mapping rule is specifically the following third formula:
SFN'=floor( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ) SFN'=floor( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( (SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) )
其中, F(*)表示取最接近指定表达式 *的整数; Among them, F(*) means taking the integer closest to the specified expression *;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第四公式: Or, the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fourth formula:
SFN' = floor ( SFN / T2 )xT2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor SFN' = floor ( SFN / T 2 )xT 2 + F( ( SFN mod T) x( Tl / T ) ( 1/ floor
( T/ T2 ) ) ) ; ( T/ T 2 ) ) ) ;
或者, 所述预设的映射规则具体为如下第五公式: Or, the preset mapping rule is specifically the following fifth formula:
SFN' mod T2 = floor( ( ΊΧΙ Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) ) SFN' mod T 2 = floor( ( Ί Χ Ι Ν' )x( UE ID mod Ν' ) )
其中, N,=T或 Τ2 Among them, N,=T or T 2 .
20、 根据权利要求 17所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述非连续发送周 期参数包括: 非连续发送周期和非连续发送周期的激活期, 其中所述激活期为 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期; 20. The paging method according to claim 17, characterized in that, the discontinuous transmission cycle parameters include: a discontinuous transmission cycle and an activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, wherein the activation period is the discontinuous transmission period Fixed activation period of the cycle;
相应地, 所述根据所述非连续发送周期参数、 预配置寻呼参数、 所述设备 标识和所述实际寻呼周期, 确定监听寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, 包括: Correspondingly, determining the subframe number of the subframe for monitoring paging messages based on the discontinuous transmission cycle parameters, preconfigured paging parameters, the device identification and the actual paging cycle includes:
根据所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发送周期以及 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, 采用如下第六公式计算第一索引值: According to the actual paging cycle, the preconfigured paging parameters, the discontinuous transmission cycle and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, the following sixth formula is used to calculate the first index value:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值: Or, use the following seventh formula to calculate the first index value:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ2 / T χ(Τ2 / Τ)) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 / T χ(Τ 2 / Τ))
其中, 所述 Ns为第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取 值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16 , Τ/32} , 为所述非连续发送周 期, Τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述实际寻呼周期, F(*)表 示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (*, *)表示取两数中大的 值; Wherein, the Ns is the first index value, nB is the preconfigured paging parameter, and the value range of nB is {4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/ 16, T/32}, is the non-continuous transmission cycle, T 2 is the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission cycle, T is the actual paging cycle, F(*) means greater than, less than or the closest Specifies the integer of the expression *, max (*, *) means taking the larger value of the two numbers;
根据所述设备标识、 所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述非连 续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第八公式计算第 二索引值: According to the device identification, the actual paging cycle, the preconfigured paging parameters, the discontinuous transmission cycle and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, the following eighth formula is used to calculate the third Second index value:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i— s为所述第二索引值, UE— ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值; Wherein, N=min (T, nB), i-s is the second index value, UE-ID is the device identification of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) means taking the largest integer that is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod means taking the modulo operation, min(*, *) means taking the smaller of the two numbers;
才艮据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值 和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。 According to the corresponding relationship between the first index value, the second index value and the subframe number, the subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value is obtained.
21、根据权利要求 18〜20中任一所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述非连 续发送周期参数还包括: 非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值; 相应地, 所述根据所述非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数, 确定监听 位置, 还包括: 21. The paging method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, characterized in that the discontinuous transmission cycle parameters further include: a starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle; accordingly , determining the listening position according to the discontinuous transmission cycle parameters and preconfigured paging parameters, further comprising:
根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值,修正监听寻呼 消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 According to the starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for monitoring the paging message belongs is corrected.
22、 根据权利要求 21所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述非连 续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值,修正监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无 线帧的帧号, 具体为: 22. The paging method according to claim 21, characterized in that, based on the starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, the radio frame to which the subframe that monitors the paging message belongs is corrected. Frame number, specifically:
根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值,采用如下第九 公式修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号: According to the starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, the following ninth formula is used to modify the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe used to send paging messages belongs:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 ) SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN,为 所述监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0 为所述监听寻呼消息的子帧 的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述非连续发送周期的激活期的起始时刻偏移值。 Wherein, SFN" is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for monitoring the paging message belongs after the modification, SFN is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for monitoring the paging message belongs, and P0 is the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe for monitoring the paging message belongs. The subframe number of the subframe, dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle.
23、根据权利要求 15〜22中任一所述的寻呼方法, 其特征在于, 所述在所 述监听位置处,监听所述基站在所述非连续发送周期的激活期内发送的寻呼消 息之前, 还包括: 接收所述基站发送的携带有至少一个工作于非连续发送工作模式下的其 他基站的基站标识的消息,以根据所述消息选择避免驻留在所述消息中携带的 基站标识对应的基站下监听寻呼消息。 23. The paging method according to any one of claims 15 to 22, characterized in that, at the monitoring position, the paging sent by the base station during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle is monitored. Before the message, also include: Receive a message sent by the base station that carries the base station identification of at least one other base station operating in the discontinuous transmission mode, so as to select according to the message to avoid monitoring at the base station corresponding to the base station identification carried in the message. Paging message.
24、 一种上行数据发送方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 24. An uplink data sending method, characterized by including:
监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后选择第二基站,或者监听到第一基站发 送的寻呼消息后获取触发信息 ,若所述触发信息为携带有第二基站标识的指示 信息, 则根据所述第二基站标识确定第二基站, 若所述触发信息为携带有条件 信息的触发信息, 则判断所述条件信息是否满足预设条件, 若所述条件信息满 足预设条件, 则选择第二基站; Select the second base station after monitoring the paging message sent by the first base station, or obtain the trigger information after monitoring the paging message sent by the first base station. If the trigger information is indication information carrying the second base station identification, then according to The second base station identifier determines the second base station. If the trigger information is trigger information carrying conditional information, it is judged whether the condition information satisfies the preset condition. If the condition information satisfies the preset condition, select the third base station. Second base station;
向所述第二基站发送上行数据。 Send uplink data to the second base station.
25、 根据权利要求 24所述的上行数据发送方法, 其特征在于, 若所述触 发信息为携带有条件信息的触发信息, 则判断所述条件信息是否满足预设条 件, 包括: 25. The uplink data sending method according to claim 24, characterized in that, if the trigger information is trigger information carrying conditional information, then judging whether the conditional information satisfies a preset condition includes:
若所述条件信息为所述第一基站的负载,则判断所述第一基站的负载是否 大于预设负载阔值, 若所述第一基站的负载大于预设负载阔值, 则确定所述条 件信息满足预设条件; If the condition information is the load of the first base station, then determine whether the load of the first base station is greater than the preset load threshold. If the load of the first base station is greater than the preset load threshold, then determine whether the load of the first base station is greater than the preset load threshold. The condition information meets the preset conditions;
若所述条件信息为所述寻呼消息中携带的业务类型,则判断所述业务类型 是否为突发业务类型, 若所述业务类型为突发业务类型, 则确定所述条件信息 满足预设条件。 If the condition information is the service type carried in the paging message, it is determined whether the service type is a burst service type. If the service type is a burst service type, it is determined that the condition information satisfies the preset condition.
26、 根据权利要求 24或 25所述的上行数据发送方法, 其特征在于, 所述 选择第二基站, 向所述第二基站发送上行数据, 包括: 26. The uplink data sending method according to claim 24 or 25, characterized in that: selecting a second base station and sending uplink data to the second base station includes:
测量附近邻居基站的信号质量; Measure the signal quality of nearby neighbor base stations;
选择信号质量大于预设质量阔值的基站为所述第二基站,向所述第二基站 发送上行数据。 A base station whose signal quality is greater than a preset quality threshold is selected as the second base station, and uplink data is sent to the second base station.
27、 根据权利要求 24〜26中任一所述的上行数据发送方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 27. The uplink data transmission method according to any one of claims 24 to 26, characterized in that: Also includes:
接收所述第一基站发送的携带有用于发送所述上行数据的上行资源的信 息; Receive information sent by the first base station carrying uplink resources for sending the uplink data;
相应地, 所述向所述第二基站发送上行数据包括: 利用所述上行资源向所 述第二基站发送上行数据。 Correspondingly, the sending uplink data to the second base station includes: using the uplink resource to send uplink data to the second base station.
28、 根据权利要求 27所述的上行数据发送方法, 其特征在于, 28. The uplink data sending method according to claim 27, characterized in that,
所述上行数据为调度请求, 所述上行资源为发送调度请求的上行资源; 或者, 所述上行数据为随机接入扰码, 所述上行资源为发送随机接入扰码 的上行资源; The uplink data is a scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource for sending a scheduling request; or, the uplink data is a random access scrambling code, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource for sending a random access scrambling code;
或者, 所述上行数据为发送底层连接建立的消息, 所述上行资源为发送 Or, the uplink data is to send a message for establishing an underlying connection, and the uplink resource is to send
UL- grant的资源; UL-grant resources;
或者, 所述上行数据为半静态调度请求, 所述上行资源为发送半静态调度 请求的上行资源。 Alternatively, the uplink data is a semi-static scheduling request, and the uplink resource is an uplink resource for sending a semi-static scheduling request.
29、 一种接入方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 29. An access method, characterized by including:
第一基站向第二基站发送携带有用户设备标识的获取请求,以使所述第二 基站根据所述获取请求, 为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上 行资源; The first base station sends an acquisition request carrying the user equipment identity to the second base station, so that the second base station configures the cell wireless network temporary identity and/or uplink resources for the user equipment according to the acquisition request;
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站返回的携带有所述第二基站的基站标识, 以及所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或所述上行资源的获取响应, 并将所述获 取响应发送至所述用户设备,以使所述用户设备在监听到所述第一基站发送的 寻呼消息后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站 发送接入请求。 The first base station receives an acquisition response returned by the second base station that carries the base station identity of the second base station, the cell wireless network temporary identity and/or the uplink resource, and sends the acquisition response. to the user equipment, so that the user equipment uses the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or uplink resources to send an access request to the second base station after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station. .
30、 根据权利要求 29所述的接入方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站向第 二基站发送携带有用户设备标识的获取请求之前, 还包括: 30. The access method according to claim 29, characterized in that, before the first base station sends the acquisition request carrying the user equipment identification to the second base station, it further includes:
所述第一基站接收所述用户设备发送的接入请求信息和第二基站标识的 上报信息, 其中, 所述第二基站标识为所述用户设备监听到所述第一基站发送 的寻呼消息后选择的基站的标识;或者所述第二基站标识为所述第一基站接收 到所述用户设备发送的接入请求信息后指定所述用户设备接入基站的标识。 The first base station receives the access request information sent by the user equipment and the identity of the second base station. Report information, wherein the second base station identifier is the identifier of the base station selected by the user equipment after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station; or the second base station identifier is the identifier of the base station received by the first base station. After the access request information sent by the user equipment, the identifier of the base station accessed by the user equipment is specified.
31、 一种接入方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 31. An access method, characterized by including:
第二基站接收第一基站发送的携带有用户设备标识的获取请求; 所述第二基站为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资 源; The second base station receives the acquisition request carrying the user equipment identification sent by the first base station; the second base station configures the cell wireless network temporary identification and/or uplink resources for the user equipment;
所述第二基站向所述第一基站返回携带有所述第二基站标识、小区无线网 络临时标识和 /或上行资源的获取响应, 以使所述第一基站将所述获取响应转 发至所述用户设备,使所述用户在监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后, 利 用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站发送接入请求。 The second base station returns an acquisition response carrying the second base station identity, the cell wireless network temporary identity and/or the uplink resource to the first base station, so that the first base station forwards the acquisition response to the first base station. The user equipment enables the user to send an access request to the second base station by using the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or uplink resources after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station.
32、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 32. A base station, characterized by including:
第一发送模块,用于在非连续发送周期的激活期内或在预设图样的发送指 示信息指示的发送期内, 向用户设备发送寻呼消息; The first sending module is used to send a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous sending cycle or during the sending period indicated by the sending instruction information of the preset pattern;
第二发送模块, 用于向用户设备发送监听指示信息, 以使所述用户设备根 据所述监听指示信息, 确定监听位置, 并在所述监听位置处监听寻呼消息; 其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应 预设周期内的一预设发送期。 The second sending module is used to send monitoring instruction information to the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines the monitoring position according to the monitoring instruction information, and monitors the paging message at the monitoring position; wherein, the preset There is at least one sending instruction information of the pattern, and each sending instruction information corresponds to a preset sending period within the preset period.
33、 根据权利要求 32所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二发送模块, 具 体用于当所述第一发送模块在非连续发送周期的激活期内向用户设备发送寻 呼消息时 ,向所述用户设备发送携带有非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻呼参数 的监听指示信息; 或者, 向所述用户设备发送携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送 位置的监听指示信息; 或者, 向所述用户设备发送携带有非连续发送周期的激 活期信息并用于指示所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息, 其中,所述指定子帧为距所述用户设备自身确定的监听位置最近的前一个或后 一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧;当所述第一发送模块在预设图样的发 送指示信息指示的发送期内向用户设备发送寻呼消息时,向所述用户设备发送 携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发送位置的监听指示信息。 33. The base station according to claim 32, wherein the second sending module is specifically configured to send a paging message to the user equipment when the first sending module sends a paging message to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous sending cycle. The user equipment sends monitoring indication information carrying discontinuous transmission cycle parameters and preconfigured paging parameters; or, sending monitoring indication information carrying a sending location for sending the paging message to the user equipment; or, to the user equipment The user equipment sends the activation period information carrying the discontinuous transmission period and is used to instruct the user equipment to use the specified subframe as the monitoring position, wherein the specified subframe is a distance determined by the user equipment itself. Listen to the nearest previous or next position A subframe within the activation period of a non-continuous sending cycle; when the first sending module sends a paging message to the user equipment within the sending period indicated by the sending instruction information of the preset pattern, it sends a paging message to the user equipment carrying Monitoring indication information of the sending location of the paging message.
34、 根据权利要求 32或 33所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述激活期为所述 非连续发送周期的固定激活期, 或者所述激活期包括: 所述非连续发送周期的 固定激活期和所述非连续发送周期的固定休眠期内设定的强制激活期; 其中, 所述强制激活期小于或等于述固定休眠期; 34. The base station according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the activation period is a fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, or the activation period includes: a fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period. and a forced activation period set within the fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission cycle; wherein, the forced activation period is less than or equal to the fixed sleep period;
相应地, 所述第一发送模块, 包括: Correspondingly, the first sending module includes:
第一获取单元,用于当在非连续发送周期的激活期内向用户设备发送寻呼 消息,且所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期时, 获取非连续发送 周期、 非连续发送周期的固定激活期、 所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设 备的实际寻呼周期以及预配置寻呼参数; The first acquisition unit is configured to acquire the discontinuous sending period and the discontinuous sending period when the paging message is sent to the user equipment during the activation period of the discontinuous sending period, and the activation period is the fixed activation period of the discontinuous sending period. The fixed activation period of the sending cycle, the device identification of the user equipment, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment and the preconfigured paging parameters;
确定单元, 用于根据所述非连续发送周期、所述非连续发送周期的固定激 活期、所述预配置寻呼参数、所述用户设备的设备标识和所述用户设备的实际 寻呼周期 ,确定所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内用于发送所述寻呼消息的 子帧的子帧号以及所述子帧所属的无线帧的帧号; 上, 向所述用户设备发送寻呼消息; Determining unit, configured to determine based on the non-continuous transmission period, the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, the pre-configured paging parameters, the device identification of the user equipment and the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, Determine the subframe number of the subframe used to send the paging message within the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle and the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe belongs; and send paging to the user equipment. information;
或者, 所述第一发送模块, 包括: Or, the first sending module includes:
第二发送单元,用于在所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期和所述非连续发 送周期的固定休眠期内设定的强制激活期内, 向所述用户设备发送寻呼消息; 或者, 所述第一发送模块, 包括: The second sending unit is configured to send a paging message to the user equipment during the forced activation period set in the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle and the fixed sleep period of the discontinuous transmission cycle; or, The first sending module includes:
第三发送单元, 用于在预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内, 向用户 设备发送寻呼消息。 The third sending unit is configured to send a paging message to the user equipment within the sending period indicated by the sending instruction information of the preset pattern.
35、 根据权利要求 34所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述确定单元, 具体用 于根据所述用户设备的设备标识、所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期和所述预配置 寻呼参数, 采用如下第一公式计算帧号初值: 35. The base station according to claim 34, characterized in that the determining unit is specifically used Based on the device identification of the user equipment, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment and the preconfigured paging parameters, the following first formula is used to calculate the initial value of the frame number:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N ) SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, Τ为所述用户设备的实际 寻呼周期, UE— ID为所述用户设备的设备标识, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, div表示取商的整数运算, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值; 根据所述帧号初值、所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、所述非连续发送周期和所 述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值映射到 所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内对应的帧号,该帧号即为所述基站用于发 送所述寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 Wherein, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, UE_ID is the device identification of the user equipment, nB is the preconfigured Paging parameters, div represents the integer operation of quotient, mod represents the modulus operation, min(*, *) represents the minimum value of two numbers; According to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, The non-continuous transmission period and the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period use preset mapping rules to map the initial value of the frame number to the corresponding frame number within the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period. The frame number is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used by the base station to send the paging message belongs.
36、 根据权利要求 34所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述确定单元, 具体用 于根据所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发送 周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第六公式计算第一索引 值: 36. The base station according to claim 34, characterized in that: the determining unit is specifically configured to determine based on the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, the preconfigured paging parameters, the discontinuous transmission cycle and the For the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, the first index value is calculated using the following sixth formula:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值: Or, use the following seventh formula to calculate the first index value:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ2 / T χ(Τ/ Τ2)) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 / T χ(Τ/ Τ 2 ))
其中, Ns为所述第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取 值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16 , Τ/32} , 为所述非连续发送周 期, Τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周 期, F(*)表示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (*, *)表示取两 数中大的值; 根据所述用户设备的设备标识、 所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激 活期, 采用如下第八公式计算第二索引值: Wherein, Ns is the first index value, nB is the preconfigured paging parameter, and the value range of nB is {4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/ 16, T/32}, is the non-continuous transmission period, T 2 is the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, T is the actual paging period of the user equipment, F(*) means greater than or less than Or the integer closest to the specified expression *, max (*, *) means taking the larger value of the two numbers; According to the device identification of the user equipment, the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, the preconfigured paging Parameters, the non-continuous transmission period and the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, the second index value is calculated using the following eighth formula:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i s为所述第二索引值, UE ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值; 根据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值 和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。 Among them, N=min (T, nB), is the second index value, and UE ID is the user equipment The device identification of The value of; according to the corresponding relationship between the first index value, the second index value and the subframe number, obtain the subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value.
37、根据权利要求 34〜36中任一所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第一发送 模块, 还包括: 37. The base station according to any one of claims 34 to 36, characterized in that the first sending module further includes:
第二获取单元,用于获取所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏 移值; The second acquisition unit is used to acquire the starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission cycle;
修正单元, 用于根据所述起始时刻偏移值,修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的 子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 A correction unit configured to correct the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used for sending the paging message belongs based on the starting time offset value.
38、 根据权利要求 37所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述修正单元具体用于: 根据所述起始时刻偏移值,采用如下第九公式修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子 帧所属无线帧的帧号: 38. The base station according to claim 37, wherein the correction unit is specifically configured to: use the following ninth formula to correct the subframe for sending paging messages according to the starting time offset value. Frame number of the wireless frame to which it belongs:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 ) SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, Among them, SFN" is the corrected frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used to send paging messages belongs,
SFN,为所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0为所述用于发送 寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述起始时刻偏移值。 SFN is the frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe for sending paging messages belongs, P0 is the subframe number of the subframe for sending paging messages, and dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value.
39、 根据权利要求 34所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第三发送单元, 具 体用于当所述发送指示信息为无线帧级别指示信息,则确定所述无线帧级别指 示信息指示的无线帧内用于发送所述寻呼消息的子帧,在所述子帧上向用户设 备发送所述寻呼消息, 当所述发送指示信息为子帧级别指示信息, 则在所述子 帧级别指示信息指示的子帧上向用户设备发送所述寻呼消息。 39. The base station according to claim 34, characterized in that, the third sending unit is specifically configured to determine the radio frequency indicated by the wireless frame level indication information when the sending instruction information is wireless frame level indication information. A subframe within the frame used to send the paging message, and the paging message is sent to the user equipment on the subframe. When the sending indication information is subframe level indication information, then at the subframe level The paging message is sent to the user equipment on the subframe indicated by the indication information.
40、 根据权利要求 32〜39中任一所述的基站, 其特征在于, 还包括: 接收模块, 用于在所述第一发送模块向用户设备发送寻呼消息之后, 开启 上行定时器,以在上行定时器的开启时间至所述上行定时器设定时间内接收所 述用户设备发送的上行数据。 40. The base station according to any one of claims 32 to 39, further comprising: a receiving module, configured to start an uplink timer after the first sending module sends a paging message to the user equipment. Receive the uplink data sent by the user equipment within the time from the start time of the uplink timer to the set time of the uplink timer.
41、 根据权利要求 40所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二发送模块, 还 用于在所述接收模块接收到所述用户设备发送的上行数据之后,开启下行定时 器,以在下行定时器的开启时间至所述下行定时器设定时间内向所述用户设备 返回所述上行数据相应的响应信息。 41. The base station according to claim 40, characterized in that, the second sending module is further configured to start a downlink timer after the receiving module receives the uplink data sent by the user equipment, so as to Response information corresponding to the uplink data is returned to the user equipment within a time period from the start time of the timer to the setting time of the downlink timer.
42、根据权利要求 32〜41中任一所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二发送 模块,还用于向所述用户设备发送携带有至少一个工作于非连续发送工作模式 下基站的基站标识的消息,以使所述用户设备避免驻留在所述消息中携带的基 站标识对应的基站下监听寻呼消息。 42. The base station according to any one of claims 32 to 41, characterized in that the second sending module is further configured to send to the user equipment a message carrying at least one base station operating in the discontinuous sending mode. message of base station identification, so that the user equipment avoids camping on the base station corresponding to the base station identification carried in the message to monitor paging messages.
43、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 43. A user equipment, characterized by: including:
接收模块, 用于接收基站发送的监听指示信息; The receiving module is used to receive the monitoring instruction information sent by the base station;
确定模块, 用于根据所述监听指示信息, 确定监听位置; Determining module, configured to determine the monitoring location according to the monitoring instruction information;
监听模块, 用于在所述监听位置处,监听所述基站在所述非连续发送周期 的激活期内或在所述预设图样的发送指示信息指示的发送期内发送的寻呼消 息; A monitoring module configured to monitor paging messages sent by the base station at the monitoring position during the activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle or during the transmission period indicated by the transmission instruction information of the preset pattern;
其中, 所述预设图样的发送指示信息为至少一个,每个发送指示信息对应 预设周期内的一预设发送期。 Wherein, there is at least one sending instruction information of the preset pattern, and each sending instruction information corresponds to a preset sending period within the preset period.
44、 根据权利要求 43所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 包 括: 44. The user equipment according to claim 43, characterized in that the determining module includes:
第一确定单元,用于当所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期参数及 预配置寻呼参数的监听指示信息时,根据所述非连续发送周期参数及预配置寻 呼参数, 确定监听位置; A first determining unit configured to determine monitoring based on the discontinuous sending cycle parameters and preconfigured paging parameters when the monitoring indication information is monitoring indication information carrying discontinuous sending cycle parameters and preconfigured paging parameters. Location;
第二确定单元,用于当所述监听指示信息为携带有发送所述寻呼消息的发 送位置的监听指示信息时, 确定所述发送位置为监听位置; a second determination unit configured to determine that the sending location is the listening location when the monitoring indication information is monitoring indication information carrying the sending location for sending the paging message;
第三确定单元,用于当所述监听指示信息为携带有非连续发送周期的激活 期信息并用于指示所述用户设备以指定子帧作为监听位置的监听指示信息时, 确定所述指定子帧为监听位置, 其中, 所述指定子帧为距所述用户设备自身确 定的监听位置最近的前一个或后一个非连续发送周期的激活期内的子帧时。 A third determination unit configured to when the monitoring indication information is monitoring indication information that carries activation period information of a discontinuous transmission period and is used to instruct the user equipment to use the specified subframe as the monitoring location, The designated subframe is determined to be the listening position, where the designated subframe is the subframe within the activation period of the previous or subsequent discontinuous transmission cycle that is closest to the listening position determined by the user equipment itself.
45、 根据权利要求 44所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一确定单元, 包括: 45. The user equipment according to claim 44, characterized in that the first determining unit includes:
获取子单元, 用于获取用户设备的设备标识和实际寻呼周期; Acquisition subunit, used to obtain the device identification and actual paging cycle of the user equipment;
确定子单元, 用于根据所述非连续发送周期参数、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述设备标识和所述实际寻呼周期,确定监听寻呼消息的子帧的子帧号以及所 述子帧所属的无线帧的帧号。 Determining subunit, configured to determine the subframe number of the subframe for monitoring paging messages and the The frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe belongs.
46、 根据权利要求 45所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述确定子单元具 激活期, 其中所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期时,根据所述设 备标识、所述实际寻呼周期和所述预配置寻呼参数, 采用如下第一公式计算帧 号初值: 46. The user equipment according to claim 45, wherein the determining subunit has an activation period, and when the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle, the determination subunit is configured according to the device identification, the Based on the actual paging cycle and the preconfigured paging parameters, the following first formula is used to calculate the initial value of the frame number:
SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N ) SFN mod T=( ( T div N )x( UE— ID mod N )
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), SFN为所述帧号初值, T为所述实际寻呼周期, Among them, N=min (T, nB), SFN is the initial value of the frame number, T is the actual paging cycle,
UE— ID为所述设备标识, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, T/2 , T/4, T/8 , T/16, T/32} , div表示取商的整数运算, mod 表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中最小值; 根据所述帧号初值、 所述实 际寻呼周期、所述非连续发送周期和所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, 采用 预设的映射规则将所述帧号初值映射到所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期内 对应的帧号, 该帧号即为监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 UE_ID is the device identification, nB is the preconfigured paging parameter, and the value range of nB is {4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32}, div represents the integer operation of quotient, mod represents the modulus operation, min(*, *) represents the minimum value of two numbers; According to the initial value of the frame number, the actual paging cycle, and the The discontinuous transmission cycle and the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle use preset mapping rules to map the initial value of the frame number to the corresponding frame number within the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle. The frame number That is, the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for monitoring paging messages belongs.
47、 根据权利要求 45所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述确定子单元具 激活期, 其中所述激活期为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期时,根据所述实 际寻呼周期、所述预配置寻呼参数、所述非连续发送周期以及所述非连续发送 周期的固定激活期, 采用如下第六公式计算第一索引值: Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T21 Ύχ) ) 47. The user equipment according to claim 45, characterized in that, the determining subunit has an activation period, and when the activation period is a fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission period, the determination subunit is configured according to the actual paging period. , the preconfigured paging parameters, the non-continuous transmission period and the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission period, the first index value is calculated using the following sixth formula: Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)xF(T 2 1 Ύ χ ) )
或者, 采用如下第七公式计算第一索引值: Or, use the following seventh formula to calculate the first index value:
Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ2 / T χ(Τ2 / Τ)) Ns=max( 1 , (nB / T)x (Τ 2 / T χ(Τ 2 / Τ))
其中, 所述 Ns为第一索引值, nB为所述预配置寻呼参数, 所述 nB的取 值范围为 {4T, 2T, Τ, Τ/2 , Τ/4, Τ/8 , Τ/16 , Τ/32} , 为所述非连续发送周 期, Τ2为所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期, Τ为所述实际寻呼周期, F(*)表 示取大于、 小于或最接近指定表达式 *的整数, max (* , *)表示取两数中大的 值; 根据所述设备标识、 所述实际寻呼周期、 所述预配置寻呼参数、 所述非连 续发送周期以及所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期,采用如下第八公式计算第 二索引值: Wherein, Ns is the first index value, nB is the preconfigured paging parameter, and the value range of nB is {4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/ 16, T/32}, is the non-continuous transmission cycle, T 2 is the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission cycle, T is the actual paging cycle, F(*) means greater than, less than or the closest The integer specifying the expression *, max (*, *) means taking the larger value of the two numbers; according to the device identification, the actual paging cycle, the preconfigured paging parameters, the discontinuous sending cycle and For the fixed activation period of the non-continuous transmission cycle, the second index value is calculated using the following eighth formula:
i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns i_s=floor (UE— ID I N) mod Ns
其中, N=min ( T, nB ), i— s为所述第二索引值, UE— ID为所述用户设备 的设备标识, T为所述用户设备的实际寻呼周期, floor (*)表示取小于或者等 于指定表达式 *的最大整数, mod表示取模运算, min(*, *)表示取两数中小的 值; 根据第一索引值、 第二索引值与子帧号的对应关系, 获取所述第一索引值 和所述第二索引值对应的子帧号。 Wherein, N=min (T, nB), i-s is the second index value, UE-ID is the device identification of the user equipment, T is the actual paging cycle of the user equipment, floor (*) means to take the largest integer that is less than or equal to the specified expression *, mod means to take the modulo operation, min(*, *) means to take the smaller value of the two numbers; According to the corresponding relationship between the first index value, the second index value and the subframe number , obtain the subframe number corresponding to the first index value and the second index value.
48、根据权利要求 46〜47所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一确定单 元还包括: 定激活期的起始时刻偏移值时,根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始 时刻偏移值, 修正监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号。 48. The user equipment according to claims 46 to 47, characterized in that, the first determining unit further includes: when determining the offset value of the starting time of the activation period, the fixed activation period according to the discontinuous transmission period The starting time offset value of , corrects the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe for monitoring paging messages belongs.
49、 根据权利要求 48所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述修正子单元, 具体用于根据所述非连续发送周期的固定激活期的起始时刻偏移值,采用如下 第九公式修正所述用于发送寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号: 49. The user equipment according to claim 48, characterized in that the correction subunit is specifically configured to correct the starting time offset value of the fixed activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle using the following ninth formula The frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe used to send paging messages belongs:
SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 ) SFN"=floor ( ( SFN ' x l0 + P0 + dtxStartOffset ) / 10 )
其中, SFN"为修正后的监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, SFN,为 所述监听寻呼消息的子帧所属无线帧的帧号, P0 为所述监听寻呼消息的子帧 的子帧号, dtxStartOffset为所述非连续发送周期的激活期的起始时刻偏移值。 Among them, SFN" is the frame number of the radio frame to which the subframe of the modified monitoring paging message belongs, and SFN is The frame number of the wireless frame to which the subframe for monitoring paging messages belongs, P0 is the subframe number of the subframe for monitoring paging messages, dtxStartOffset is the starting time offset value of the activation period of the discontinuous transmission cycle .
50、 根据权利要求 43〜49所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块, 还用于接收所述基站发送的携带有至少一个工作于非连续发送工作模式下的 其他基站的基站标识的消息,以根据所述消息选择避免驻留在所述消息中携带 的基站标识对应的基站下监听寻呼消息。 50. The user equipment according to claims 43 to 49, characterized in that the receiving module is further configured to receive a base station identifier sent by the base station carrying at least one other base station operating in the discontinuous transmission mode. message to avoid monitoring paging messages by staying at the base station corresponding to the base station identification carried in the message according to the message.
51、 一种通信系统, 其特征在于, 包括基站和用户设备, 其中, 所述基站 采用上述权利要求 32〜42中任一所述的基站,所述用户设备采用上述权利要求 43-50中任一所述的用户设备。 51. A communication system, characterized in that it includes a base station and user equipment, wherein the base station adopts the base station described in any one of the above claims 32 to 42, and the user equipment adopts any one of the above claims 43 to 50. 1. User equipment.
52、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 52. A user equipment, characterized by: including:
选择或确定模块, 用于监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后选择第二基站; 或者监听到第一基站发送的寻呼消息后获取触发信息,当所述触发信息为携带 有第二基站标识的指示信息时,根据所述第二基站标识确定第二基站, 当所述 触发信息为携带有条件信息的触发信息时,判断所述条件信息是否满足预设条 件, 若所述条件信息满足预设条件, 则选择第二基站; The selection or determination module is used to select the second base station after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station; or to obtain the trigger information after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station. When the trigger information is carried by the second base station, when the trigger information is trigger information carrying conditional information, determine whether the condition information satisfies the preset condition, and if the condition information satisfies If the conditions are preset, the second base station is selected;
发送模块, 用于向所述第二基站发送上行数据。 A sending module, configured to send uplink data to the second base station.
53、 根据权利要求 52所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述选择或确定模 块具体用于当所述条件信息为所述第一基站的负载时,判断所述第一基站的负 载是否大于预设负载阔值,当所述第一基站的负载大于预设负载阔值时确定所 述条件信息满足预设条件;当所述条件信息为所述寻呼消息中携带的业务类型 时, 判断所述业务类型是否为突发业务类型, 当所述业务类型为突发业务类型 时确定所述条件信息满足预设条件。 53. The user equipment according to claim 52, wherein the selection or determination module is specifically configured to determine whether the load of the first base station is greater than the load of the first base station when the condition information is the load of the first base station. Preset load threshold, when the load of the first base station is greater than the preset load threshold, it is determined that the condition information satisfies the preset condition; when the condition information is the service type carried in the paging message, it is determined Whether the service type is a burst service type, and when the service type is a burst service type, it is determined that the condition information satisfies the preset condition.
54、 根据权利要求 52或 53所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述选择或确 定模块具体用于测量附近所有基站的信号质量;选择信号质量大于预设质量阔 值的基站为所述第二基站。 54. The user equipment according to claim 52 or 53, characterized in that the selection or determination module is specifically used to measure the signal quality of all nearby base stations; select a base station whose signal quality is greater than a preset quality threshold as the first Second base station.
55、 根据权利要求 52〜54中任一所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 还包括: 接收模块,用于接收所述第一基站发送的携带有用于发送所述上行数据的 上行资源的信息; 55. The user equipment according to any one of claims 52 to 54, further comprising: a receiving module, configured to receive information sent by the first base station carrying uplink resources for sending the uplink data. ;
相应地, 所述发送模块, 具体用于利用所述上行资源向所述第二基站发送 上行数据。 Correspondingly, the sending module is specifically configured to use the uplink resources to send uplink data to the second base station.
56、 一种通信系统, 其特征在于, 包括: 第一基站、 第二基站和用户设备, 其中, 所述用户设备采用上述权利要求 52〜55中任一所述的用户设备。 56. A communication system, characterized in that it includes: a first base station, a second base station and user equipment, wherein the user equipment adopts the user equipment described in any one of the above claims 52 to 55.
57、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 57. A base station, characterized by including:
发送模块, 用于向第二基站发送携带有用户设备标识的获取请求, 以使所 述第二基站根据所述获取请求,为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源; A sending module, configured to send an acquisition request carrying the user equipment identity to the second base station, so that the second base station configures the cell wireless network temporary identity and/or uplink resources for the user equipment according to the acquisition request;
接收模块, 用于接收所述第二基站返回的携带有所述第二基站的基站标 识, 以及所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或所述上行资源的获取响应; A receiving module, configured to receive an acquisition response returned by the second base station carrying the base station identification of the second base station, the cell wireless network temporary identification and/or the uplink resource;
转发模块, 用于将所述获取响应发送至所述用户设备, 以使所述用户设备 在监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后,利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站发送接入请求。 Forwarding module, configured to send the acquisition response to the user equipment, so that the user equipment uses the cell wireless network temporary identification and/or uplink after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station. The resource sends an access request to the second base station.
58、 根据权利要求 57所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块, 还用于 接收所述用户设备发送的接入请求信息和第二基站标识的上报信息, 其中, 所 述第二基站标识为所述用户设备监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息后选择 的基站的标识;或者所述第二基站标识为所述第一基站接收到所述用户设备发 送的接入请求信息后指定所述用户设备接入基站的标识。 58. The base station according to claim 57, wherein the receiving module is further configured to receive the access request information sent by the user equipment and the reporting information of the second base station identity, wherein the second base station The identifier is the identifier of the base station selected by the user equipment after listening to the paging message sent by the first base station; or the second base station identifier is the access request information sent by the first base station after receiving the access request information sent by the user equipment. Then specify the identifier of the user equipment to access the base station.
59、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 59. A base station, characterized by including:
接收模块, 用于接收第一基站发送的携带有用户设备标识的获取请求; 配置模块, 用于为所述用户设备配置小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资 源; 反馈模块, 用于向所述第一基站返回携带有所述第二基站标识, 以及小区 无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源的获取响应, 以使所述第一基站将所述获取 响应转发至所述用户设备,使所述用户在监听到所述第一基站发送的寻呼消息 后, 利用所述小区无线网络临时标识和 /或上行资源向所述第二基站发送接入 请求。 The receiving module is used to receive the acquisition request carrying the user equipment identification sent by the first base station; the configuration module is used to configure the cell wireless network temporary identification and/or uplink resources for the user equipment; A feedback module configured to return an acquisition response carrying the second base station identity, the cell wireless network temporary identity and/or the uplink resource to the first base station, so that the first base station forwards the acquisition response to The user equipment enables the user to use the cell wireless network temporary identifier and/or uplink resources to send an access request to the second base station after monitoring the paging message sent by the first base station.
60、 一种通信系统, 其特征在于, 包括: 第一基站、 第二基站和用户设备, 其中, 所述第一基站采用上述权利要求 57或 58所述的基站, 所述第二基站采 用上述权利要求 59所述的基站。 60. A communication system, characterized in that it includes: a first base station, a second base station and user equipment, wherein the first base station adopts the base station described in claim 57 or 58, and the second base station adopts the above-mentioned base station. The base station of claim 59.
PCT/CN2014/079034 2013-05-31 2014-05-31 Paging method, uplink data sending method, and access method, device and system WO2014190947A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201310213559.8 2013-05-31
CN201310213559.8A CN104219764B (en) 2013-05-31 2013-05-31 Paging method, equipment and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014190947A1 true WO2014190947A1 (en) 2014-12-04

Family

ID=51988035

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/079034 WO2014190947A1 (en) 2013-05-31 2014-05-31 Paging method, uplink data sending method, and access method, device and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104219764B (en)
WO (1) WO2014190947A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105554863B (en) * 2015-12-11 2018-10-16 上海纵行实业有限公司 A kind of low power loss communication method and network based on paging
CN107734640B (en) 2016-08-12 2019-09-17 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of paging message sending, receiving method and relevant device
WO2018133706A1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Methods for triggering user equipment to monitor paging message, user equipments, base stations and storage medium
WO2018137220A1 (en) * 2017-01-25 2018-08-02 华为技术有限公司 Signal transmission method, device and system
WO2019047067A1 (en) * 2017-09-06 2019-03-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Implementation method, device, user equipment, and base station for discontinuous reception
CN109495964B (en) * 2017-09-12 2021-09-14 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Method for determining paging message sending position, network equipment and user equipment
CN109803374B (en) * 2017-11-16 2022-01-14 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Method for sending and receiving paging message, network equipment and terminal
WO2019213962A1 (en) 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Paging synchronization method and apparatus
CN110730504B (en) * 2018-07-16 2021-03-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Paging indication method, device and system
EP3811698A4 (en) 2018-08-10 2022-08-03 Apple Inc. Paging and measurement in nr idle
WO2021030974A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Paging configuration method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
CN111585711B (en) * 2020-04-28 2021-03-26 广州技象科技有限公司 Uplink data sending method and device of narrowband Internet of things
JP2024511547A (en) * 2021-04-01 2024-03-13 北京小米移動軟件有限公司 Information instruction methods and devices, network devices, user equipment and storage media

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1425261A (en) * 2000-07-20 2003-06-18 皇家菲利浦电子有限公司 Idle handoff method for mobile communication devices taking into account critical system jobs
CN101257709A (en) * 2007-09-30 2008-09-03 北京北方烽火科技有限公司 Mobile communication system and method of high channel resource use ratio
CN101534516A (en) * 2008-03-13 2009-09-16 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for optimizing paging of mobile station
CN101616413A (en) * 2008-06-28 2009-12-30 华为技术有限公司 The methods, devices and systems of managing access authority of home base station of user terminal
CN101742618A (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-06-16 华为技术有限公司 Method and base station for determining discontinuous transmission mode
CN102045686A (en) * 2009-10-14 2011-05-04 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Method and equipment for supporting mobility management in wireless communication network
CN102065477A (en) * 2009-11-13 2011-05-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Base station selection method and terminal
CN102917444A (en) * 2011-08-01 2013-02-06 华为技术有限公司 Device and method for discontinuous reception in idle state
CN103024680A (en) * 2011-09-20 2013-04-03 鼎桥通信技术有限公司 Activation method for semi-static scheduling and trunking communication system based on semi-static scheduling

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101507332B (en) * 2006-08-22 2012-03-14 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Base station, mobile station, and cell selecting method

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1425261A (en) * 2000-07-20 2003-06-18 皇家菲利浦电子有限公司 Idle handoff method for mobile communication devices taking into account critical system jobs
CN101257709A (en) * 2007-09-30 2008-09-03 北京北方烽火科技有限公司 Mobile communication system and method of high channel resource use ratio
CN101534516A (en) * 2008-03-13 2009-09-16 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for optimizing paging of mobile station
CN101616413A (en) * 2008-06-28 2009-12-30 华为技术有限公司 The methods, devices and systems of managing access authority of home base station of user terminal
CN101742618A (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-06-16 华为技术有限公司 Method and base station for determining discontinuous transmission mode
CN102045686A (en) * 2009-10-14 2011-05-04 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Method and equipment for supporting mobility management in wireless communication network
CN102065477A (en) * 2009-11-13 2011-05-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Base station selection method and terminal
CN102917444A (en) * 2011-08-01 2013-02-06 华为技术有限公司 Device and method for discontinuous reception in idle state
CN103024680A (en) * 2011-09-20 2013-04-03 鼎桥通信技术有限公司 Activation method for semi-static scheduling and trunking communication system based on semi-static scheduling

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104219764B (en) 2018-05-11
CN104219764A (en) 2014-12-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2014190947A1 (en) Paging method, uplink data sending method, and access method, device and system
US11576120B2 (en) System and method for uplink timing synchronization in conjunction with discontinuous reception
JP7147928B2 (en) User equipment, core network entity and method
US11496948B2 (en) System and method for ad-hoc/network assisted device discovery protocol for device to device communications
WO2017132985A1 (en) Uplink sub-carrier interval indication method, base station and terminal
US11382038B2 (en) Configuration of wake-up signal maximum transmission lengths
US20230345392A1 (en) Method and Apparatus for using Indication Information of Time Domain Resource Allocation
WO2013189293A1 (en) Method for notifying channel utilization time for sending uplink data, uplink data sending method and device
WO2015113276A1 (en) Method for indicating cell coverage enhancement mode and base station
WO2014019552A1 (en) Service control method, terminal, and method side device
JP2020502918A (en) Uplink transmission control method and apparatus, and communication system
JP2021520105A (en) Systems and methods for providing time domain allocation in communication systems
KR20220158071A (en) Systems and methods for enabling TCI states and mapping codepoints to TCI states
US20210400761A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for adaptive discontinuous reception configuration
JP2017539135A (en) Power control mode for D2D synchronization signal
WO2020029258A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for information transmission and reception
WO2013004192A1 (en) Method for parameter configuration when switching channel, and base station and radio network controller
CN113330709B (en) Terminal device, network device and method thereof
EP3806563B1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring transmission bandwidth, and device
WO2013044879A1 (en) Transmission resource allocation method, related device and communication system
WO2018202027A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining subcarrier spacing type
WO2016161659A1 (en) Channel monitoring method, user equipment and network device
WO2019157887A1 (en) Determination method for uplink/downlink transmission configuration, uplink/downlink transmission configuration method, and device
EP3096486B1 (en) Change of control channel in m2m system by user equipment, based on measured signal strength, and transmission of indication information to network side device
WO2017185235A1 (en) Transmission resource configuration method, access device, and terminal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14803963

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14803963

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1